The merchants mappe of commerce wherein, the universall manner and matter of trade, is compendiously handled. The standerd and currant coines of sundry princes, observed. The reall and imaginary coines of accompts and exchanges, expressed. The naturall and artificiall commodities of all countries for transportation declared. The weights and measures of all eminent cities and tovvnes of traffique, collected and reduced one into another; and all to the meridian of commerce practised in the famous citie of London. By Lewes Roberts, merchant. Necessary for all such as shall be imployed in the publique affaires of princes in forreigne parts; for all gentlemen and others that travell abroad for delight or pleasure, and for all merchants or their factors that exercise the art of merchandizing in any part of the habitable world.

About this Item

Title
The merchants mappe of commerce wherein, the universall manner and matter of trade, is compendiously handled. The standerd and currant coines of sundry princes, observed. The reall and imaginary coines of accompts and exchanges, expressed. The naturall and artificiall commodities of all countries for transportation declared. The weights and measures of all eminent cities and tovvnes of traffique, collected and reduced one into another; and all to the meridian of commerce practised in the famous citie of London. By Lewes Roberts, merchant. Necessary for all such as shall be imployed in the publique affaires of princes in forreigne parts; for all gentlemen and others that travell abroad for delight or pleasure, and for all merchants or their factors that exercise the art of merchandizing in any part of the habitable world.
Author
Roberts, Lewes, 1596-1640.
Publication
At London :: Printed by R. O[ulton, Eliot's Court Press?, Thomas Harper, and Felix Kingston] for Ralph Mabb,
MDCXXXVIII. [1638]
Rights/Permissions

To the extent possible under law, the Text Creation Partnership has waived all copyright and related or neighboring rights to this keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above, according to the terms of the CC0 1.0 Public Domain Dedication (http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/). This waiver does not extend to any page images or other supplementary files associated with this work, which may be protected by copyright or other license restrictions. Please go to http://www.textcreationpartnership.org/ for more information.

Subject terms
Coinage -- Early works to 1800.
Weights and measures -- Early works to 1800.
Commerce -- Early works to 1800.
Balance of trade -- Early works to 1800.
Great Britain -- Commerce -- Early works to 1800.
Link to this Item
http://name.umdl.umich.edu/A10821.0001.001
Cite this Item
"The merchants mappe of commerce wherein, the universall manner and matter of trade, is compendiously handled. The standerd and currant coines of sundry princes, observed. The reall and imaginary coines of accompts and exchanges, expressed. The naturall and artificiall commodities of all countries for transportation declared. The weights and measures of all eminent cities and tovvnes of traffique, collected and reduced one into another; and all to the meridian of commerce practised in the famous citie of London. By Lewes Roberts, merchant. Necessary for all such as shall be imployed in the publique affaires of princes in forreigne parts; for all gentlemen and others that travell abroad for delight or pleasure, and for all merchants or their factors that exercise the art of merchandizing in any part of the habitable world." In the digital collection Early English Books Online. https://name.umdl.umich.edu/A10821.0001.001. University of Michigan Library Digital Collections. Accessed June 7, 2024.

Pages

Page [unnumbered]

EXCHAN∣GES.

Page [unnumbered]

Page 1

EXCHANGES,

CHAP. 274.

Of Exchanges in generall, and of the Method and manner thereof, and how calculated in any place in Christendome.

I Have in the tenth Chapter of this Map * 1.1 of Commerce, shewed, that to make this Treatise absolute and compleate, the Method and manner how all Exchanges are framed and calculated is perfectly to be knowne and learned, and there also declared the necessity of this knowlege with all circumstances depending there∣upon.

Now by reason that I have in all the afore mentioned Cities of this Map, (wherein, either custome, time, or commodity of Trade, Exchanges of moneys have beene setled, and where the said Exchan∣ges are daily used and practised) omitted the forme, manner and calculation thereof, together with all the particular circumstan∣ces rebuisite and necessary to the explanation of this mystery of Exchanging, I have in this place thought good to allot it (as wor∣thily meriting) a peculiar discourse at large by it self, which here I conceive it most proper to bee inserted: and because that my experience in the exactnesse required may not be peradventure sufficient, to lead me through in every particular point and need∣full circumstance; I have therefore judged it no blemish to my knowledge to be instructed by those excellent and judici∣ous Bankers, Geo. Baptista Zuccetta, a merchant of Genoa, and Cla•…•…dio Boiero, a merchant of Lions, whose endevours herein are wor∣thy commendations, and whose laborious presidents and pre∣ceding labours, where I find my selfe defective in this taske and Labyrinth, I willingly follow.

Page 2

Places in use, and those as are apt for exchanges, are such, where Merchants in some fit and competent number, doe meet and are * 1.2 assembled for the benefit and behoofe of trade and negotiation, which at this present day are observed to be many, yet withall are noted not to be so firmely setled, but that the same admits some∣times an alteration and change, varying according as the dew occasions of Commerce, and traffique in that place requires, either by the decay of the trade there, or by the encrease of the trade of another place more fit and proper thereunto.

Some places againe are observed to be (if I may so tearme it) the Staples of Exchanges, and yet notwithstanding hath its de∣pendency * 1.3 upon the Exchanges of other places, and which else are not found to comprehend any other manner of traffique, having onely certaine times or faires, setled and confirmed by the custome of Exchangers, in which, and to which Bils of Exchange, are either dated, expire, or are renewed, in which Nature, and of which sort Pla∣centia is accounted the most notable for all Italy and other places, where indeed Exchanges are found to have a certain kind of being, yetacknowledgeth its real existence from other places and Cities, Besanson in Burgondie, Spossa in the River of Genoa, Camberay in Pied∣•…•…d, and some others were in former times observed to be of this kind, whose Exchanges did totally depend upon the partidos of Ex∣changes, made in other countries, and these sometimes of such, as had the same concordancy in the currant coins of the Exchange, and sometimes a discrepancie.

And for as much as it is observed, that some other Cities where no set Exchanges are found, sometimes challengeth by the neces∣sity * 1.4 of traffique and Commerce, a course of Exchanging with these or the like places, and yet hath none setled therein, then and in such cases is it seene, that the Metropolis, or principall Cities of these countries, prescribes both the Rule, rate, and condition thereto, as if Vicentia, Verona, or Padoua, would frame an Ex∣change with Placentia, it is observable, that the rate of Venice, in which estate these said places are found to be, and who have their moneyes of one and the selfe-same goodnesse and value, give the rule, rate, and condition thereto. So in Pavia, Como, and other townes in the Dutchy of Millan, as in Millan it selfe, so in Bristoll, Yorke, Chester or H•…•…ll, or other townes in England, as in the City of London, the principall of that Iland, so have the Cities of France, their rule from Lions, all places of Flanders from Ant∣werpe, and so have the like in other places and Countries.

Now for as much as Exchanges then are not found current in all places, Exchangers, Bankers, and Merchants have setled a common * 1.5 course of Exchanging, in some certaine particular and princi∣pall places, the which are observed in these daies chiefly to bee these, as namely in Italy thirteene.

Page 3

For Italie 13.

  • Rome.
  • Genoa.
  • Millan
  • Naples.
  • Barri.
  • Mesina.
  • Bollonia.
  • Venice.
  • Florence.
  • Lucca.
  • Lechie.
  • Palermo.
  • Bergamo. &c.

For France 3

  • Paris.
  • Lions.
  • Roan &c.

For Spaine 6

  • Valentia.
  • Barselona.
  • Alcala.
  • Saragosa.
  • Sivill.
  • Medina delcampo.

For Portugall Lisborne onely.

For Flanders Antwerpe onely.

For England London onely.

For Germany 5

  • Vienna.
  • Noremberg.
  • Colonia.
  • Augusta.
  • Francford. &c.

Besides which, some others of lesser note, are observed to have an Exchange currant, but by reason, that in some sort, they have in most of the principall points, a dependancie upon some of these, and a concordance with them; they are by most Authors neglected, and therefore shall be by me heere wholly omitted.

In the next place it is considerable that many of these before * 1.6 mentioned Cities, are found to practice their Exchanges, in one and the selfe same moneyes, Coines, and denominations, as doth Lechie, and Barry, which are included in Naples, as Naples it selfe, Palermo and Mesina comprehended in Sicilia, Valentia, Saragosa, and Barselo∣na, in Catalonia, Sivil, Alcala, & Medina del Campo in Castilia, Francford, Noremberge, Colonia, and Augusta in Germany, and so in some others.

What thing this Exchange is properly in it selfe found to bee, * 1.7 as also what a Bill of Exchange is, and the due ceremonies and strict rules thereof, together with the commodiousnesse, neces∣sity, and first reall intent of the same, I have shewed in the tenth Chapter, which briefly here, may not unproperly bee defined by the word it selfe, as it is aptly expressed in our English tongue, which extendeth it selfe into two parts; as first, an Exchanging of one sort of Moneyes to another, and secondly an Exchanging from one Citie or countrey to another, in which is also considerable, both

Page 4

a rate and tearme wherein, and whereby this is brought to con∣clusion and perfection, which are principally observed to be per∣formed * 1.8 by certaine faires or usances, accustomed in the Art of Ex∣changing, and which are set downe, by Merchants, Bankers and Ex∣changers, at their assemblies and meetings, in a faire and regular Order, by a certaine course of Iustice, and by peculiar lawes and ordinances amongst themselves, both which faires and the rates and tearmes thereof, have a constant expiration and determina∣tion, within certaine monthes, as the Vsances have, that are like∣wise included within the rules of the said Faires, which are found also to end and determine within certaine prefix't daies, accor∣ding to the received custome of those two Cities, wherein the said Exchanges are found mutually and respectively to be both setled and placed.

Moreover, in the practice of Exchanging, Bankers and Exchan∣gers, are found to observe this custome amongst themselves in * 1.9 the usuall manner of Exchanging from one place to another, that is, the One propounds his Money in a whole number or denomination, and the Other consequently and necessarily in a fraction, broken Number, or lesser denomination, in which contract or Bargaine, it is imagined, that those two, either persons or places, would ne∣gotiate one and the self-same thing, so that the one would be the Seller, and the other the Buyer thereof, to performe which, it is questionlesse needfull, that he that hath the thing, makes the rate and price, the which shall happen without any contract, or diffe∣rence of much or little, and as it chanceth in the sale of any com∣modity, so falleth it out in the Exchanges of Moneyes, for of the two places that would Exchange, the one propounds a grosse summe, and the other the condition and price in a lesser summe, which may either admit an encrease, or decrease in estimation or value, according as they fall to agreement, upon the lesser or greater esteeme of the said some propounded, the use of which is exem∣plified thus.

If Placentia would Exchange with any other place, the said Pla∣centia, * 1.10 or as Exchangers tearme it, the said Faire, or fiera propounds and gives alwayes the intire summe, or greater denomination, and by consequence, the other that would exchange therewith, gives the other which is the lesser denomination.

This Summe which I thus tearme an intire or whole denomina∣tion, falles in some places to be, sometimes one Crowne, and in other places sometimes 100 Crownes, Florins or Duccats, the same is likewise found to be practised betweene any two places; Ex∣changing, for each place giveth either a Denomination intire of one to one other, or of one hundred to another Hundred, or else of a les∣ser divident then one, or then one hundred, which I here tearme the fraction, broken number, or smallest denomination, as shalbe more plainely expressed in the calculated Tables following.

Page 5

Now as touching the monyes which are thus given as intire or * 1.11 whole summes, Videlicet, One or One hundred, these are either found to be Crownes, Ducats, Pounds, Florins, &c. according to the received quality of the grosse and whole monyes, which that place is found to have current, that would give, so in like manner it falleth out in the smaller or lesser denomination, in the places that would take, which in themselves is also various, and conse∣quently of divers sorts, as pence, sols, deniers, &c. as shall also ap∣peare by the said Table.

And though it fall out to be the custome, that one place giveth * 1.12 an Exchange in grosse monyes, and another place in small, (as is before related,) and that this grosse and small monyes be of such or such a quality and kind, This observation and Rule prescribed notwith∣standing, is not alwayes necessary, but that Exchangers may, (though I confesse it is seldome seene) at their pleasure propound, the one or the other differing or contrary hereunto, and that the wise and judicious Exchanger may for his profit, ease or commo∣dity, propound his owne intentions, and thereby (if he can) ob∣taine a beneficiall bargaine or issue, according to his desired de∣signe and plot. As for example.

If it should be said, that Exchanges may be made in a method * 1.13 differing from this or the common rule, or contrary to that way that hath beene received and taken, some would soone censure him of folly that should be of that opinion, and conceive such a one to be little versed in exchanging affaires, that should either propound or seeke to performe such a thing, but yet no great heed is to be taken, to the raw conceits and childish opinions of such selfe-willd Merchants, which may for the most part, be said to be either drench'd in ignorance, or drowned in Envy; because that a skilfull Merchant, may (as I have alledged) frame his Exchanges as he fees good, and to his owne commodity, the which very often∣times is observed tobe done by others, and practised daily by those of this Cittie of excellent judgements.

In example whereof, posito, I would Exchange Genoa with Naples, * 1.14 betweene which two places, the use and custome is, that Genoa gi∣veth the intire summe, or greater denomination, which is the Crowne of gold, for the which Naples gives the Graine 135. a little more or lesse, I demande, why may not Genoa give that whole summe, which is the Crowne of 4. livers, as it is accustomed to give with other places, and estimating the same by 120 graines Na∣ples, and thereby the Exchange will prove to be equall with the first manner before mentioned. And further, why may not the contrary be practised, Naples giving the whole denomination, which may be Ducats, one, for sold 66. 8. d. and so vary in as ma∣ny formes as they please, wherein I confesse I never yet found any Exchanges made, neither doe I know any true reason that the common customes should be altered, though I have thought

Page 6

good to note the same here, that each knowing Merchant, may boldly use which he please, for to him that truely understands the value and course of both the places Exchanging, there will appeare no difficultie therein, and I wish that those, which knowe no other wayes but their owne, content themselves within the limits of their owne manner and understanding, and suffer others of bet∣ter judgements, without their censure, to follow their owne, when it is to their benefit or commodity.

CHAP. 275.

The declaration of the Table of Exchanges following.

THE Table of Exchanges of the Cities here follow∣ing, are formed and disposed in this nature, first, * 1.15 in the front thereof there is placed the name of the Towne or Citie Exchanging, and in what Region or Countrie seated; secondly, the manner and me∣thod wherein the accounts in that Citie is kept by Exchangers: thirdly, the quality of the monies in use is observed, and in what coine imaginarie or reall that Citie is accustomed to make its Exchange, with the others there mentioned; fourthly, under∣neath that, is orderly set down the names of all the other places, the which by a line, are found to be joyned and knit together; and lastly, in the midst of the line is written the name of the place and Citie it selfe, for which the said Table in the said leafe is made: as for example, in the first leafe, which is for Placentia in Italy, where besides the name of the place it selfe is found these words (Placentia Exchangeth with) the which words, by reason of the including line drawne from the highest to the lowest, hath reference to every one of the names of the other places which are so included together, so that it is to be understood, as that Placentia Exchangeth with Lions, Placentia Exchangeth with Rome, with Genoa, &c. and so in the rest from one to another. Next to every one of the said names of places, followeth the species or monyes Exchanged either by an entire and whole summe, or by a broken and lesser denomina∣tion, which the place in the Table giveth in Exchange by pro∣portion with the other, to whose name the said monyes are placed and put unto, as to say, Placentia Exchangeth with Lions 100 Crowns, that is understood, that in Exchanging betweene Pla∣centia and Lions, 100 Crowns of Placentia are supposed and put by an Equivalencie or in Value to that quantity or summe of mo∣ney, which is found to be noted in Lions following, as in the said Example, Placentia Exchangeth with Lions Crowns 100. for Cro. 97. ¾. so likewise is it to be understood, that in the said Exchanges that for every 100. Crowns of Placentia, or of Fiera, or of Marke,

Page 7

it is as much to say, as Lions counterpayeth or giveth 97. 〈◊〉〈◊〉. of his Crownes, that is, of the Sunne. Also Placentia Exchangeth with Ge∣noa Crown 1. for sol. 67. 10. d. that is to say, that Placentia Ex∣changing with Genoa it giveth (or as I said before, it selleth) Crown 1. of Marke to have in Genoa, Sol. 67. 10d. of Gold, and in the same manner the rest of the said places are to be understood, and wher∣as the rates or prizes of these Exchanges, may here be found to disagree from the currant rates of the same in sundry places, at this very day and time, yet that cannot take away the benefit that * 1.16 may redound to Merchants, by the use thereof, nor prejudice the labour or judgement of him that calculated the said Table, be∣cause we see by experience, that the rates of Exchanges doe hour∣ly differ, and the moneys also are found to rise, and fal daily in sun∣dry places, upon which, these Exchanges have their groundworke and foundation, and though a Table were calculated precisely to this present day, and time, yet ere the same could be published it would find a disagreement in divers places.

CHAP. 276.

The Use of the Table of Exchanges.

THe Method being thus understood, the use thereof * 1.17 is easily comprehended, which by three examples, I shall illustrate and make plain, where by the way, it is to be noted, that in the exchanging of any sum of moneyes whatsoever, the rates me ntioned in this Table, are not observable, save onely for the example sake, and for instruction in the contract, that may be made thereupon, but the rate agreed upon, and by which the exchange is conditi∣oned by both the giver and taker, is the true and firme rule, wher∣by the question is to bee wrought, notwithstanding for the first Example, wee will propound a question by a contracted price, ac∣cording * 1.18 to the currant rates mentioned in this said Table, and that from Naples, a Merchant would exchange Ducat. 738. 4. 10. with Placentia, and the price of the exchange, shall be that which is mentioned, in the Table of Naples, with the towne of Placentia, where it is found, that Naples exchangeth with Placentia at Graines 133 for a Crowne.

By these three numbers in the Tables mentioned, I work thus then by the Rule of Three, saying, if 133 graines, give 1 Crowne, how ma∣ny doe 738 Duc. 4. 10. give, and working Arithmetically accor∣ding to the said Rule, it makes 555 Crownes 11, 3. of Marke in Credit to be given in Fiera of the said Placentia.

Page 8

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 For a second Example, I will propound, that Naples would exchange 500 Duc. with Placencia at Sold. 18. 2. d. &c. This exam∣ple * 1.19 considered, will not bee found to differ from the former, save that in the former Naples gave the lesser or broken number, and in this, Naples gives the whole and intire number, nowithstanding which the rule is not found to differ, as in other the like questi∣ons in simple exchanges, wherein is to be observed that Sol. 18. and Den. 2. of Valentia, are paid for 1 Duccat of Naples, and by that price and rate, I would know, how many Livers of that Money of Valentia the proposed summe of 500 Duc. in Naples come unto, and by that which we find in the Table by the same Rule of Three, I say, If one Ducat is worth 18 sol. 2 Den. How many shall 500 be worth, and by working the question, it makes 454 livers, 3 s. 4 d. And so much Credit will 500 Duc. of Naples give at the price a∣fore mentioned, thus. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

All other Exchanges have their resolutions as these two for∣mer, but yet sometimes it is true, some accident may interpose, * 1.20 which may cause the questiō to have a double working, as if I shold say, that Genoa would Exchange with Venetia Crownes 1000 of Li∣vers 4. to Livers 7 lib. 10 Sol. of that money, and the Credit is required in Duccats. Now then because the simple Exchange gives the money in Livers, you must make another reckoning to reduce the same into Ducats; but yet for all this, neither in this, nor in any other case, would I have but one account made, the which may bee done by the rule multiplied: I say then, if 1 Crowne bee worth 7. 10. Den. and that 6 s. 4 Den. is worth one Ducat, how many Ducats will a 1000 Crowns make? and by working the que∣stion, it will bee found to make 1209 Duc. 13. 6 d. for credit,

Page 9

which from Genoa will be produced by a thousand Crownes in Ve∣nice, the question being well observed, it will bee found to bee wrought in this manner. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

It is to be noted, that in what place soever the Moneyes are ac∣counted by Livers, Sol. and Den. or as we say, in England by Pounds, shillings, and pence, it is accounted by 20. and by 12. be∣cause that Sol. or shil. 20. make a Liver, or Pound, and 12 deniers or pence makes a Soldo or Shilling, the same rule also holds in those places, whose greatest moneyes are imaginary and faigned, or who keepe not this orderly succession, as are the Ducats of Ca∣talonia, of Castilia, of Rome, and of Portugall, also those Crowns, who have no proper parts, also the Ducatons in what countrey soever, and the F•…•…orins in Germany, all these I say, which ought to succeed in 20, and 12. That is, in Solds, and Deniers, or Shillings and pence, and each of the other sorts of moneyes shall be accounted accor∣ding to the property of that countrey, and as shall bee signified, in the front of the following table of that place, amongst which there are some which are commonly resolved, by the more principall of their owne moneyes, as the Exchange of Sicilie with Catalonia, Castilia, Portugall, Brabant and England, and howsoever they make their Exchange, either by the Sicilian Florin, or by the Duccat, notwithstanding the parcell is resolved in Ounces, Tarins, Graines and Picholes, which is throughly declared in the follow∣ing Tables.

And lastly, for as much as the termes and daies of Bils of Ex∣change, are found in many countries, to differ in length of time, and are limited of divers daies, and that the rates, rising and falling of Exchanges have a course set by a continuall meeting of Exchan∣gers, and their opinions in equality of value, I have thought good to insert the same with some other needfull circumstances of this Art of Exchanging, at the end of the Tables, to which I refer the learner, where also he shall find at large, how most of these Exchanges, are cast up, and reckoned from one place to another, and now I will proceed to the Tables themselves, as I find them calculated by the said Geo. Bapt. Zucetta, and others following him.

Page 10

CHAP. 277.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia, a place of Faires or Fiera of Exchanges in Italie.

THis Towne is considered, as a Faire or Staple of Exchanges, and not as a Citie of Traffique; and therefore there is no esteeme made of the current * 1.21 Money of the place, but onely of that which is made by Exchanging, which are Crownes of Marke; in which Moneys, Bankers and Exchangers doe onely treat and account in; and the same is held by Crownes, Sold. and Deniers of Marke. And in the custome of Exchanges here in use, it giveth the entire and whole summe to all other places, being either Crownes One, or Crownes one hundred.

Placentia doth ex∣change with

LionsCrowne 100for96¾ Crowne
RomeCro. 100for99 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ducc.
GenoaCro.—1for67. 10 Sol. of Gold
MillanCro.—1for134. 9 Sol.
VeniceCro. 100for130 Ducc.
FlorenceCro. 100for109 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cro.
LucchaCro. 100for116¾ Duccatons
NaplesCro.—1for134 Grains
LechieCro.—1for135½ Grains
BariCro.—1for135 Grains
PalermoCro.—1for029 Carlins
MesinaCro.—1for029¼ Carlins
Anu. & Coll.Cro.—1for128 Grosses
LondonCro.—1for81 〈◊〉〈◊〉 d. sterl.
ValentiaCro.—1for24 Sold.
SaragosaCro.—1for24 Sol. 6 Den.
BarselonaCro.—1for24 Sol. 4 Den.
Siv. al. Med.Cro.—1for432 Marvedes
LixborneCro.—1for482 Rais
BoloniaCro.—1for119 Duccatons
BergamoCro.—1for118¾ Duccatons
FrancfortCro.—1for103 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Quarentins.

In the 382 Chapter, the Reader may finde how these Exchanges are cast up and calculated.

Page 11

CHAP. 278.

Of the Exchanges of Lions, Paris, and Rouen, in France.

IN Lions, Paris, Rouen, and through all France, they keepe their accounts in Livers, Sols, and Deniers, * 1.22 Turnois, and they here doe Exchange in Crownes of the Sun, and Deniers of the Sun, this Liver is also called in some places of France, a Franke, and three Livers or Frankes is accounted for the said Crowne of the Sun, and the Crowne of Italy by a decree and standard of the countrey pas∣seth at 58 Sol. of the said Crowne.

And in the custome of Exchanging, it giveth the entire and whole summe or number, either one Crowne, or one hundred Crowns of the Sol.

Lions doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaCrowne 100for 103½ Crownes
RomeCro. 100for 99 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ducc.
GenoaCro.—1for 66. ½ Sol. of Gold
MillanCro.—1for 115. Sol.
VeniceCro. 100for 116¾ Duc. Banko.
FlorenceCro. 100for 106 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cro.
LucchaCro. 100for 117½ Duccatons
NaplesCro.—1for 124 Grains
LechieCro.—1for 122½ Grains
BariCro.—1for 123 Grains
PalermoCro.—1for 29½ Carlins
MesinaCro.—1for 29¼ Carlins
Antw. & Col.Cro.—1for 096 Grosse
LondonCro.—1for 62 Pence sterling
ValentiaCro.—1for 23 Sol. 10 Den.
SaragosaCro.—1for 23 Sol. 8 Den.
BarselonaCro—1for 24 Sol.
Siv. al Med.Cro.—1for 436 Marvedes
LixborneCro.—1for 485 Raies
BolloniaCro. 100for 119½ Ducatons
BergamoCro—100for 118 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ducatons
FrancfordCro—1for 104 Quarentins

Vide chap. 302 and so following of the calculation of the Ex∣changes of this place.

Page 12

CHAP. 279.

Of the Exchanges of Rome in Italy.

IN Rome, the Bankers and Exchangers keepe their ac∣counts in Crownes, Iulios, Baiochs and Quatrins, and * 1.23 they Exchange in Ducats, Sols, and deniers of Camera. The Crowne of the abovesaid money is worth 10 Iu∣lios, or 100 Baiochs, or else 400 Quatrins; the Iulio is 10 Baioch, or else 40 Quatrins, and the Baioch is 4 Quatrins.

The Duccat of Camera according to the old value, is worth 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. more than the Cro. of Gold, so that 100 duc. are 102 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Crownes.

In the custome of Exchange amongst Merchants, the place gi∣veth the Broken number to all Italy, excepting to the Kingdome of Naples, to Sicilia, Bollonia, and Bergamo, and to all others it giveth the whole number, which is either by one Ducat or by a 100 Ducats.

Rome doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaDuc. 97¾for 100 Crownes.
LionsDuc. 97½for 100 Crownes.
GenoaDuc. 97 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Cro. of Gold.
MillanDuc. 97¼for 100 Cro. of Gold.
VeniceDuc. 85⅕for 100 Ducats.
FlorenceDuc. 91¼for 100 Crownes.
LuccaDuc. 84for 100 Duccatons
NaplesDuc. 100for 135 Ducca.
LecchieDuc. 100for 134 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duccats.
BarriDuc. 100for 134 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duc.
PalermoDucat. 1for 14 15 Tarins.
MesinaDucat. 1for 14 17. Tarins.
Antw. & Col.Ducat. 1for 125 Grosses.
LondonDucat. 1for 87½ d. sterl.
ValentiaDucat. 1for 242. Sol.
SaragosaDucat. 1for 23 Sol. 8 Den.
BarselonaDucat. 1for 23 Sol. 10. Den.
Siv. al. Med.Ducat. 1for 440 Marvedes.
LixborneDucat. 1for 482 Raies.
BoloniaDuc. 100for 119 Duccatons.
BergamoDuc. 100for 119½ Duccatons.
FrancfortDuc. 1for 103 Quarentins.

Vide how these are calculated, Chap. 326. and so following.

Page 13

CHAP. 280.

Of the Exchanges of Genoa, the Metropolis of Liguria.

IN Genoa, Exchangers keepe their accounts in Livers, * 1.24 Sol. and Deniers current, and they exchange in Livers, Sols, and Deniers of Gold. The Monyes current, is it that is the common in use; of which, the Crowne of Gold is worth Sol. 90. and in times past was worth le•…•…e: The Monyes of Gold are imaginarie, and valued according as the Faires of Exchanges permit; of which, the Crowne of Gold is alwayes worth 68 Sol.

In the custome of Exchanging, this place giveth the whole summe to all, excepting Placentia and Lions, the which are either one Crowne, or 100 Crownes; the which Crownes are accounted of Gold for all the •…•…laces, excepting Milan, Venice, and Germanit, to which they are accustomed to give the Crowne of 4 Livers current.

Genoa doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaSold. 66 of Goldfor 1 Crowne.
LionsSol. 66. 4 of Goldfor 1 Crowne.
RomeCrow. 100 of Goldfor 98½ Duc.
MillanCro. 1 of 4 Liv. cor.for 119 Sold.
VeniceCro. 1 of 4 Liv. cor.for 7 Liv. 10 Sol. Piccho.
FlorenceCro. 100 of Goldfor 106¼ Crowne.
LucchaCro. 100 of Goldfor 118 Duccat.
NaplesCrow. 1 of Goldfor 134 Graines.
LechieCrow. 1 of Goldfor 135 Graines.
BarriCrow. 1 of Goldfor 134½ Graines.
PalermoCrow. 1 of Goldfor 29 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Carlins.
MesinaCrow. 1 of Goldfor 29½ Carlins.
Antw. & Col.Crow. 1 of Goldfor 124 Grosses.
LondonCrow. 1 of Goldfor 83 d. sterl.
ValentiaCrow. 1 of Goldfor Sol. 23 9.
SaragosaCrow. 1 of Goldfor Sol. 23. 10.
BarselonaCrow. 1 of Goldfor Sol. 23. 8.
Siv. al. Med.Crow. 1 of Goldfor Marved. 436.
LixborneCrow. 1 of Goldfor Raies 470.
BolloniaCro. 100 of Goldfor Ducat. 118½.
BergamoCro. 100 of Goldfor Ducat. 118⅓.
FrancfortCro. 1 of 4 Liv. cor.for Quarentin. 92.

Vide Chap. 360. how the Exchanges of this place are calculated.

Page 14

CHAP. 281.

Of the Exchanges of Milan, in Lombardie.

IN Milan, Exchangers keepe their Accounts in Livers, Solds, and Deniers Imperiall, and some in Crownes, Sols, * 1.25 and Deniers of Gold. The Monyes current, is accounted the Imperiall Monyes: there is also the Crowne of Gold, of no setled price, but now worth Sol. 135. The Cr•…•…e of 6 Livers, is it which some doe use in Exchange with Genoa. The Crowne of 117 Sol, is in use for the Exchange of Venetia.

In the custome of Exchanging, this place giveth the broken num∣ber to Placentia, Lions, and sometimes to Genoa, and to all the other the whole number, which is either One or 100 Crownes of Gold, excep∣ting onely to Venetia, which is of Sol. 117. as aforesaid.

Milan doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaSold. 134for 1 Crowne.
LionsSold. 135 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Crowne.
RomeGold Crow. 100for 98¼ Duc.
GenoaGold Crow. 1for Liv. 4. 10 current.
VeniceCro. 1 of 117 Sol. 1for Liv. 7. 6.
FlorenceGold Cro. 100for Crow. 105.
LucchaGold Cro. 100for 117 Duccat.
NaplesGold Cro. 100for 133 Ducc.
LecchieGold Cro. 100for 134 Ducc.
BarriGold Cro. 100for 133 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ducc.
PalermoGold Crow. 1for 29¼ Carlins.
MesinaGold Crow. 1for 29⅓ Carlins.
Antu. & Col.Gold Crow. 1for 124 Grosses.
LondonGold Crow. 1for 84 〈◊〉〈◊〉 d. sterl.
ValentiaGold Crow. 1for 24 Sol.
BarselonaGold Crow. 1for 23. 9. Sol.
Siv. al. Med.Gold Crow. 1for 434 Marved.
LixborneGold Crow. 1for 465 Raies.
BolloniaGold Cro. 100for 118 Ducatons.
SaragosaGold Crow. 1for 23. 10. Sol.
BergamoGold Cro. 100for 118 Ducatons.
FrancfortGold Crow. 1for 103 Quarentins.

Vide Chap. 440. how these are calculated.

Page 15

CHAP. 282.

Of the Exchanges of Venice, in the Adriatique Seas.

IN Venetia they keepe their accounts in Livers, Sols, * 1.26 and Deniers of Picchol, and some in Livers, Sols, and Deniers Grosse, and others in Ducc. and Grosses. The Monyes which here is called Piccholi, is the current Monyes of the place. The Monyes which we here call Grosse, is worth 1 Liver, Sol. 62 of Picchols, or 10 Ducats. The Ducat is alwayes worth Livers 6. Sol. 4 of Picchol, or else accounted 24 Grosses. The Gross is worth Sol. 5. 2 d. of Picchol, and in the Liver of Grosses, it is accounted and reckned as in Deniers.

In the custome of Exchanging, it giveth the broken number onely to Placentia, Lions, Genoa, Millan, and Bolognia, and to all the rest, the whole number, either by one Ducat, or by 100 Ducat.

Venetia doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaDuc. 129for 100 Crownes.
LionsDuc. 129½for 100 Crownes.
RomaDuc. 100for 77½ Ducat.
Genoa Liv. PicDuc. 7. 10for 1 Cr. of 4 Liv. current,
Millan Liv. Pic.7. 6. 5.for 1 Cro. of 117 Sol.
FlorenceDuc. 100for 82 Crownes.
NaplesDuc. 100for 101 Ducats.
LuccheDuc. 100for 100¼ Duccats.
BarriDuc. 100for 09 9¼ Duc.
PalermoDuc. 1for Tarins 11 2.
MesinaDuc. 1for Tarins 10. 18.
Antw. & Col.Duc. 1for 91 Grosse.
LondonDuc. 1for 60 d. sterl.
ValentiaDuc. 1for Sol. 17 6.
SaragosaDuc. 1for Sol. 17 8
BarselonaDuc. 1for Sol. 17 10.
Siv. al. Med.Duc. 1for Marvedes 320.
LixborneDuc. 1for Raies. 350.
BoloniaDuc. 115for Duccatons. 100.
BergamoDuc. 100for Duccatons 117.
FrancfortDuc. 100for Florins 127.
LuccaDuc. 100for Duccatons 91•…•….

Vide Chap. 368. how these are calculated.

Page 16

CHAP. 283.

Of the Exchanges of Florence, the ducall City of Toscany.

IN Florence the Exchangers keepe their accounts in Livers, Solds, and Deniers, Picholi, and Exchange in * 1.27 Crownes Sols, and Deniers.

The Moneyes which is here called Pichol, is the money currant of the place, the Crowne is alwayes worth Livers 7, Sol. 10 of Piccol. wherein the custome of other places is divers, in which the Crowne of gold, with the currant Moneyes, and here the variety is accorded by the Exchange.

They use also a Duccat which is worth Livers 7. or else Boloni∣ni 70.

In the use of Exchanging it giveth the broken number to Lyons, Placentia, Genoa, Millan, and Venice, and to all others the intire or whole number found to be either one Crowne or 100 Crownes.

Florence doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaCrownes 105for100 Crownes.
LionsCro. 105½for100 Crownes.
RomaCro. 100for96 Ducats.
GenoaCro. 106for100 Cro. of Gold.
MillanoCro. 106¼for100 Cro. of Gold.
VenetiaCro. 82 〈◊〉〈◊〉for100 Ducats
LucchaCro. 100for112 Ducatons.
NaplesCro. 100for130 Ducats.
LecchiaCro. 100for129 Duccats.
BarreCro. 100for129 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duccats.
PalermoCro.—1for28 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Carlins.
MesinaCro.—1for28 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Carlins.
Antu. & Colon.Cro.—1for118 Grosse.
LondonCro.—1for80 Pence starl.
ValentiaCro.—1for23 4 Sold.
SaragosaCro.—1for23 6 Sol.
BarselonaCro.—1for23 2 Sol.
Siv. al. Med.Cro.—1for432 Marvedes.
LixborneCro.—1for460 Rais
BoloniaCro. 100for115 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duccatons
BergamoCro. 100for115 Duccatons.
FrancfortCro.—1for98 Quarentins.

Vide Chap. 400 how these are calculated.

Page 17

CHAP. 284.

Of the Exchanges of Lucca, a Republique in Toscanie.

IN Lucca, Exchangers doe keepe their accounts, in * 1.28 Livers, Sol. and Deniers of Piccols, and doe Exchange in Ducatons, Sol. and Deniers the Monyes here called Piccols, is the current Coine of the place. The Crowne of Gold is alwayes worth Liv. 7. Sol. 10. of Piccols: as in Florence, the Ducaton is worth 7. Liv. of Piccol, and is com∣monly called the Crowne of Silver.

In the custome of Exchanging, it giveth the broken number to Placentia, Lions, Genoa, Millan, and Venetia, and to all other the entire or whole, which is one Ducaton or 100 Ducatons.

Lucca doth exchange with

PlacentiaDucatons 117¼for100 Crow.
LionsDucatons—118¼for100 Crow.
RomaDuc. 119for100 Duc.
GenoaDuc. 118for100 Crow. of Gold.
MillanDuc. 118½for100 Crow. of Gold.
VenetiaDuc.-92for100 Ducats.
•…•…lorenceDuc. 113for100 Crow.
NaplesDuc. 100for114 Ducats.
LuccaDuc. 100for114 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ducats.
BarriDuc. 100for115 Ducats.
PalermoDuc.—1for24½ Carlins.
MesinaDu.—1for24½ Carlins.
Antu. & Col.Du.—1for102 Grosses.
LondonDu.—1for67 d. sterl.
ValentiaDu.—1for20 Sol.
SaragosaDu.—1for19. 10 Sol.
BarselonaDu.—1for19. 11 Sol.
Siv. al. Med.Du.—1for365 Marvedes.
LixborneDu.—1for395 Raies
BolloniaDuc. 100forDucatons 100 〈◊〉〈◊〉
BergamoDuc. 100forDucatons 99½
FrancfortDuc.—1for85 Quarentins.

Page 18

CHAP. 285.

Of the Exchanges of Naples, the Metropolis of that Kingdome.

IN Naples, the Exchangers keepe their Accounts in Ducats, Tarins, Graines, and Cavalls, which are accoun∣ted * 1.29 in 5, 10, and 12 foll. The Ducat is 5 Tarins, or 100 Graines, or else 1200 Cavalles; the Tarine is ac∣counted 20 Graines, or 240 Cavalles, and the Graine is 12 Cavalles. Besides which, there is in use another sort of Monyes current, which are Carlins, Cinquins, and Torneses. The Carline is 10 Graines, or halfe a Tarine; from whence, 10 Carlins maketh the Du∣cat. The Cinquine is 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Graine, of which, 4 maketh the Carline, and 40 the Ducat. The Tornese is 6 Cavalles, of which, 5 makes a Cin∣quine, 20 makes a Carline, 40 the Tarine, and 200 the Ducat.

In the custome of Exchanging, it gives the broken number to all Italy and Lions, Palermo onely excepted, and to all others it giveth the whole number, which is either one Ducat, or 100 Ducats.

Naples doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaGrain. 133for 1 Crowne.
RomaDucat. 136for 100 Duc.
LionsGrain. 135½for 1 Crowne.
GenoaGrain. 135for 1 Crow. of Gold.
MillanDucc. 134½for 100 Crow. of Gold.
VenetiaDuc. 100 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Duc.
FlorenceDuc. 131for 100 Crownes.
LuccaDuc. 113½for 100 Ducatons.
LecchieDuc. 100for 100¼ Ducats.
BarriDuc. 100for 99¼ Ducats.
PalermoDuccat. 1for 174 Gra. of 8 Pic•…•….
MesinaDuc. 96 of 6 Tar.for 100 Ducats.
Antu. & Col.Duccat. 1for 88 Grosses.
LondonDuccat. 1for 66½ Pence sterl.
ValentiaDuccat. 1for 18. 2 Sols.
SaragosaDuccat. 1for 18 Sols.
BarselonaDuccat. 1for 17. 10 Sol.
Siv. al. Med.Duccat. 1for 330 Marved.
LixborneDuccat. 1for 346 Raies.
BolloniaDucc. 114for 100 Ducatons.
BergamoDucc. 100for 88 Ducatons.
FrancfortDuccat. 1for 76 Quarentines.

Vide Chap. 342. how these are calculated.

Page 19

CHAP. 286.

Of the Exchanges of Lecchie in Calabria.

IN Lecchie the Exchangers keepe their accounts and * 1.30 have their Moneyes as in Naples, the Metropolis of that Kingdome, which is in Duccats, Tarins, grains, and Cavallies accounted in 5, 20 and 12, and in Exchan∣ging it differs not much from the customeof Naples, specified in the former leafe.

Lecchie doth ex∣change with

Placentiagra. 134for 1 Crowne.
Lionsgra. 136for 1 Crowne.
Romagra. 137for 1 Duc.
Genoagra. 135for 1 Crow. of Gold.
Millangra. 134for 1 Crow. of Gold.
VenetiaDuc. 101 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Duc.
FlorenceDuc. 131for 100 Crownes.
LuccaDuc. 116for 100 Ducaton.
NaplesDuc. 102for 100 Ducat.
BarriDuc. 100for 100½ Ducats.
PalermoDuc.—1for 22¾ Carlins.
MesinaDuc.—1for 23 Carlins.
Antu. & Col.Duc.—1for 87 Grosses.
LondonDuc.—1for 61 Pence sterl.
ValentiaDuc.—1for 17. 10. Sols.
SaragosaDuc.—1for 18 Sol.
BarselonaDuc.—1for 18. 1. Sol.
Siv. al. Med.Duc.—1for 328 Marved.
LixbornDuc.—1for 348 Raies.
BolloniaGrain. 115for 1 Ducaton.
BergamoGrain. 114for 1 Ducaton.
FrancfortDuc.—1for 75 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Quarentines.

Page 20

CHAP. 287.

Of the Exchanges of Barri in Puglia.

IN Barri their Accounts and Monyes are the same as are in use in Naples, mentioned in the former Leafe, * 1.31 and the custome in Exchanging also, is neere con∣formable thereto.

Barri doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaGra. 133for 1 Crowne.
LionsGra. 135for 1 Crowne.
RomeGra. 137for 1 Ducat.
GenoaGra. 134for 1 Crowne of Gold.
MillanGra. 134 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Crowne of Gold.
VeniceDuc. 101for 100 Ducats.
FlorenceDuc. 130for 100 Crownes.
LuccaDuc. 115½for 100 Duccatons.
NaplesDuc. 101 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Ducc.
LecchieDuc. 100for 99½ Ducc.
PalermoDucat. 1for 22⅘ Carlins.
MesinaDucat. 1for 23 Carlins.
Antw. & Col.Ducat. 1for 88 Grosses.
LondonDucat. 1for 62 d. sterl.
ValentiaDucat. 1for Sol. 18.
SaragosaDucat. 1for Sol. 17. 10.
BarselonaDucat. 1for Sol. 18. 2.
Siv. al. Med.Ducat. 1for 330 Marvedes.
LixborneDucat. 1for 345 Raies.
BoloniaGrain. 114for 1 Ducaton.
BergamoGrain. 112for 1 Ducaton.
FrancfortDucat. 1for 75 Quarentins.

Page 21

CHAP. 288.

Of the Exchanges of Palermo, in Sicilia.

IN Palermo Exchangers keepe their accounts in Oun∣ces, Tarins, Grains and Picchols, the which is succes∣sively * 1.32 accounted in 30, 20, and 6. and others there be that keepe their accounts in Crowne of moneyes in Tarins, Graines, and Pichols, and these account it by 12, 20, and 6. The Ounceis 30. Tarins, or 600 Graines, or 3600 Pichols, the Tarineis 20 Graines, or 120 Pichols, and the Graine is 6 Pichols. Besides which there is a Crowne in Moneyes which is 12 Tarins or 240 Grains, or 1440 Pichols, the Ducat is 13 Tarins or else 260 Graines or 1560 Piccoles, The Florin is 6 Tarins, or 120 Grains, or 720 Pichols, the Carlin is ½ a Tarine, or 10 Grains, or 60 Pichol. In the custome of Exchanging it giveth the broken num∣ber to all Italy, and to Lions, and to all other places giveth the whole number, which is sometimes one duccat, or one Florin, or 1 Ounce, or one hundred Ounces.

Palermo doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaCarlin.29⅓for 1 Crowne.
LionsCarl.29½for 1 Crowne.
RomaCarl.29¾for 1 Duc.
GenoaCarl.29½for 1 Crow. of Gold.
MillanCarl.29⅗for 1 Crow. of Gold.
VenetiaCarl.24¼for 1 Duc.
FlorenceCarl.28for 1 Crowne.
LuccaCarl.25for 1 Ducaton.
Naplesgra.dipicc.172for 1 Ducat.
LecchieCarl.23for 1 Ducats.
BarriTarin.11. 8for 1 Ducat.
MesinaOunc.100for 101½ Ounces.
Antu. & Col.Duc.1for 106 Grosses.
LondonDuc.1for 73 Pencesterl.
ValentiaFlor.1for 9. 8. Sols.
SaragosaFlor.1for 9, 10 Sol.
BarselonaFlo.1for Sol. 9. 7.
Siv. al. Med.Flor.1for 185 Marved.
LixbornFlor.1for 196 Raies.
BolloniaCarl.25for 1 Ducaton.
BergamoCarl.25¼for 1 Ducaton.
FrancfortDuc.1for 89 Quarentines.

Vide Chap. 419. how these are calculated.

Page 22

CHAP. 289.

Of the Exchanges of Mesina, in the Faire of Sicilia.

IN Mesina, the accounts are kept, and the Moneyes * 1.33 that are current, are the same as in Palermo aforemen∣tioned, only excepting in the Exchange thereof with Naples, it giveth a whole Number, which are found to be of 100 Duccats.

This place and Palermo, are accounted to Exchange with Pla∣centia or Lions, to give more one Carlin per Ounce, by the name of making good the moneyes, so that, he that here is to pay Moneyes by Exchange for the said places, must pay 61 Carlins per Ounce.

Mesina doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaCarl. 29 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Crowne.
LionsCarl. 29 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Crowne.
RomaCarl. 29 1for 1 Duc.
GenoaCarl. 29½for 1 Crow. of Gold.
MillanCarl. 29 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Crow. of Gold.
VenetiaCarl. 22 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Duc.
FlorenceCarl. 28¼for 1 Crowne.
LuccaCarl. 25 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Ducaton.
NaplesDucc. 100for 96½ Duc. of 6 Tarins.
LecchieTarin. 11. 14for 1 Ducat.
BarriCarl. 23½for 1 Ducat.
PalermoOunce 100for 102 Ounces.
Antu. & Col.Duccat. 1for 107 Grosses.
LondonDuccat. 1for 72 Pence sterl.
ValentiaFlorin. 1for Sol. 9. 9. D.
SaragosaFlorin. 1for Sol. 9. 10. D.
BarselonaFlorin. 1for Sol. 9. 8. D.
Siv. al. Med.Florin. 1for 190 Marved.
LixborneFlorin. 1for 200 Raies.
BolloniaCarl. 25¼for 1 Ducaton.
BergamoCarlin 25for 1 Ducaton.
FrancfortDuccat. Ifor 90 Quarentines.

Vide Chap. 419. how these are calculated.

Page 23

CHAP. 290.

Of the Exchanges of Antwerpe, in Brabant, and Collen in Germany the lower.

IN both these places the Exchangers keepe their ac∣counts * 1.34 in Livers, Sols, and Deniers of Grosses, so that their Grosses are there accounted, as their Deniers or Pfening.

And in the custome of the Exchanges of these two places, they give the broken number to all other places, London on∣ly excepted, which they give not by the Grosse, but by the Sol. or shilling.

Antwerp & Colonia doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaGrosse 125for 1 Crowne.
LionsGro. 128for 1 Crowne.
RomaGro. 130for 1 Ducat.
GenoaGro. 129for 1 Cro. of Gold.
MillanGro. 127for 1 Cro. of Gold.
VenetiaGro. 94½for 1 Ducat.
FlorenceGro. 112for 1 Crowne.
LucchaGro. 104for 1 Ducaton.
NaplesGro. 91for 1 Ducat.
LecchiaGro. 90½for 1 Duccat.
BarriGro. 90for 1 Duccat.
PalermoGro. 107½for 1 Duc.
MesinaGro. 107for 1 Duc.
LondonSold. 34 1/•…•…for 1 Pound sterl.
ValentiaGro. 107for 1 Duc.
SaragosaGro. 109for 1 Duc.
BarselonaGro. 112for 1 Duc.
Siv. al. Med.Gro. 106¾for 1 Duc.
LixborneGro. 102for 1 Duc.
BoloniaGro. 104for 1 Duccaton.
BergamoGro. 105for 1 Duccaton.
FrancfortGro. 78for 1 Floren. of 65 quar.

Vide Chap. 435. how these are calculated.

Page 24

CHAP. 291.

Of the Exchanges of London, the Metropolis of England.

IN London, and throughout all England, Exchangers * 1.35 keepe their Accounts in Pounds, Shillings, and Pence Sterling, and cast it up, as in other places, by Livers, Sols, and Deniers, by 12 and 20. And in the custome of Exchanging, it giveth the Exchange to all places by the broken number of Pence Sterl. Antuerpe and Colonia onely ex∣cepted, with which two places it exchangeth by the Pound of Ster∣ling Money, above specified.

London doth ex∣change with

Placentia Starl.Pence 64for 1 Crowne.
LionsPence 64for 1 Crowne.
RomaPence 66for 1 Duc.
GenoaPence 65for 1 Crow. of Gold.
MillanPence 64 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Crow. of Gold.
VenetiaPence 50for 1 Duc. in Banco.
FlorencePence 61for 1 Crowne.
LuccaPence 53½for 1 Ducaton.
NaplesPence 50for 1 Ducat.
LecchiePence 50½for 1 Ducat.
BarriPence 51for 1 Ducat.
PalermoPence 57½for 1 Ducat.
MesinaPence 56½for 1 Ducat.
Antu. & Col.Pounds sterl. 1for 34½ Shill. Flem.
ValentiaPence 57½for 1 Ducat.
SaragosaPence 59for 1 Ducat.
BarselonaPence 64for 1 Ducat.
Siv. al. Med.Pence 58½for 1 Ducat.
LixbornePence 53½for 1 Ducat.
BolloniaPence 53⅓for 1 Ducaton.
BergamoPence 52for 1 Ducaton.
FrancfortFence 59½for 1 Florin.

Vide Chap. 443. how these are calculated.

Page 25

CHAP. 292.

Of the Exchanges of Valentia, the Metropolis of Valentia.

IN Valentia and in all the Kingdomes of Valentia, in Spaine Merchants doe keepe their accounts in Li∣vers * 1.36 Sols and Deniers, the current moneyes of the place, are Rials and Deniers, and Ryals ten are accounted for a Liver, so that halfe a Riall is a Soldo, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duccat is here imaginary, and accounted for 10 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Rials, and accounted 21 Sols.

In the custome of Exchanges of this place, it giveth the broken number, to all Italie, Spaine and Germany, and to all other places the intire number, either of one Duo. or 100 Duc.

The Castiliano is also here found in use for an imaginarie Coine, in the ancient custome of Exchanging with Sivill, and accounted worth 27 Sol. 4 Deniers.

Valentia doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaSol. 23. 6for 1 Crowne.
LionsSol. 23. 8for 1 Crowne.
RomeSol. 24. 2for 1 Ducat.
GenoaSol. 23. 10for 1 Crowne of Gold.
MillanSol. 23. 9for 1 Crowne of Gold.
VeniceSol. 17. 10for 1 Ducat.
FlorenceSol. 23. 0for 1 Crowne.
LuccaSol. 20. 2for 1 Duccaton.
NaplesSol. 18. 0for 1 Duccat.
LecchieSol. 18. 2for 1 Duccat.
BarriSol. 18. 1for 1 Duccat.
PalermoSol. 9. 6for 1 Florin.
MesinaSol. 9. 7for 1 Florin.
Antw. & ColDucc. 1for 106 Grosses.
LondonDucc. 1for 72 〈◊〉〈◊〉 d. sterl.
SaragosaDuc. 100for 102 Duccat.
BarselonaDuc. 100for 101 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duccat.
Siv. al. & Med.Sol. 20. 3for 1 Duccat.
LixborneDucc. 100for 100⅓ Duccat.
BoloniaSol. 20. 3for 1 Duccaton.
BergamoSol. 20. 4for 1 Duccaton.
FrancfortSol. 14for 1 Florin.

Vide Chap. 426. how these are calculated.

Page 26

CHAP. 293.

Of the Exchanges of Saragosa, in Catalonia.

IN Saragosa, Merchants keepe their accounts as in Va∣lentia afore mentioned, and have the same Monyes, saving that the Duccat passeth here in account for 22 * 1.37 Sols, or 11 Rials.

In the custome of Exchanging, it giveth the broken number to all Italy, and to all the whole number, which is found to be either one Duccat or 100 Duccats.

Saragosa doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaSol. 23. 8for 1 Crowne.
LionsSol. 23. 11for 1 Crowne.
RomeSol. 24. 3for 1 Ducat.
GenoaSol. 23. 9for 1 Crowne of Gold.
MillanSol. 23. 8for 1 Crowne of Gold.
VeniceSol. 17. 9for 1 Ducat.
FlorenceSol. 22. 10for 1 Crowne.
LuccaSol. 20. 1for 1 Duccaton.
NaplesSol. 17. 10for 1 Duccat.
LecchieSol. 18. 1for 1 Duccat.
BarriSol. 18. 0for 1 Duccat.
Paler•…•…Sol. 9. 8for 1 Florin.
MesinaSol. 9. 9for 1 Florin.
Antw. & Col.Ducc. 1for 105 Grosses.
LondonDucc. 1for 73 d. sterl.
ValentiaDuc. 100for 103 Duccat.
BarselonaDuc. 100for 102 Duccat.
Siv. al. & Med.Duc. 100for 105 Duccat.
LixborneDucc. 100for 108 Duccat.
BoloniaSol. 20. 2for 1 Duccaton.
BergamoSol. 20. 1for 1 Duccaton.
FrancfortDuccat. 1for 95 Quarentins.

Vide Chap. 426. how these are calculated.

Page 27

CHAP. 293.

Of the Exchanges of Barselona the Metropolis of Catalonia.

IN Barselona, the use of account keeping, and the mo∣noyes are the same as is specified in Valentia, ex∣cepting, * 1.38 that the Duccat is here accounted Sol. 24, which is twelve single Rials.

In the custome of Exchanging, this place giveth the broken number to all other places, excepting to Antuerpe, Colo∣nia, London, Lixborne, and Germany, to which it giveth the whole number, which is found to be either one Duc. or 100 Duc.

Barselona doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaSol. 23. 10for 1 Crowne.
LionsSol. 24for 1 Crowne.
RomeSol. 24. 4for 1 Duccat.
GenoaSol. 24. 2for 1 Crowne of Gold.
MillanSol. 24. 1for 1 Crowne of Gold.
VeniceSol. 18. 2for 1 Ducat.
FlorenceSol. 23. 0for 1 Crowne.
LuccaSol. 20. 2for 1 Duccaton.
NaplesSol. 18. 3for 1 Duccat.
LecchieSol. 18. 2for 1 Duccat.
BarriSol. 18. 1for 1 Duccat.
PalermoSol. 9. 10for 1 Florin.
MesinaSol. 9. 9for 1 Florin.
Antw. & Col.Ducc. 1for 103 Grosses.
LondonDucc. 1for 72 d. sterl.
ValentiaDuc. 103for 100 Duc.
SaragosaDuc. 104for 100 Duccats.
Siv. al. & Med.Duc. 106for 100 Duccats.
LixborneDucc. 100for 104 Duccats.
BoloniaSol. 20.for 1 Duccaton.
BergamoSol. 20 2for 1 Duccaton.
FrancfortDuc. 1for 96 Quarentines.

Vide Chap. 426. how these are calculated.

Page 28

CHAP. 295.

Of the Exchanges of Sivil, Alcala, Medina del Campo, and other places in Castilia.

IN these parts, and generally throughout Spaine, Mer∣chants doe keepe their accounts in Marvedes; yet * 1.39 notwithstanding, for the benefit of Exchanging, they have an imaginarie Duccat, which Duccat is accounted 375 Marvedes. The Crowne of Gold is ever worth 400 Marvedes, and the single Riall ever worth 34 Marvedes.

In the custome of Exchanging, this place giveth the broken number to all Italy and Lions, but to all other places the whole number, found to be either simply the single Duccat, or 100 Duccats.

There is also of old in use an imaginarie Coine, called the Castili∣ano, where with these places doe exchange with Valentia, and is 485 Marvedes.

Sivil, Alca∣la, and Me∣dina doth exchange with

PlacentiaMarved. 440for 1 Crowne.
LionsMarv. 445for 1 Crowne.
RomeMarv. 450for 1 Duccat.
GenoaMarv. 442for 1 Cro. of Gold.
MillanMarv. 438for 1 Cro. of Gold.
VeniceMarv. 330for 1 Duccat.
FlorenceMarv. 430for 1 Crowne.
LuccaMarv. 370for 1 Duccaton.
NaplesMarv. 337for 1 Duccat.
LecchieMarv. 334for 1 Duccat.
BarriMarv. 333for 1 Duccat.
PalermoMarv. 180for 1 Florin.
MesinaMarv. 175for 1 Florin.
Antu. & Col.Duccat. 1for 105 Grosses.
LondonDuccat. 1for 72 Fence sterl.
ValentiaDuccat. 1for Sol. 19. 8.
SaragosaDucc. 100for 104½ Duccat.
BarselonaDucc. 100for 108 Duccat.
LixborneDucc. 100for 109 Duccat.
BolloniaMarv. 372for 1 Duccaton.
BergamoMarv. 368for 1 Duccaton.
FrancfortDuccat. 1for 88 Quarentines.

Vide Chap. 426. how these are calculated.

Page 29

CHAP. 296.

Of the Exchanges of Lixborne in Portugall.

IN Lixborne and throughout Portugall, Merchants ac∣counts are kept in Rais, beside which, they have an imaginary Duccat, which is accounted for foure hun∣dred * 1.40 Rais.

In the custome of Exchanging, this place giveth a whole number to Anuers, Colonia, London, and Germanie, which is onely upon the said one Duccat, and to all other places it giveth on Exchange by a broken number.

Lixborne doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaRes 472for 1 Crowne.
LionsRes 480for 1 Crowne.
RomeRes 483for 1 Duccat.
GenoaRes 476for 1 Crowne of Gold.
MillanRes 475for 1 Crowne of Gold.
VeniceRes 354for 1 Ducat.
FlorenceRes 465for 1 Crowne.
LuccaRes 397for 1 Duccaton.
NaplesRes 350for 1 Duccat.
LecchieRes 352for 1 Duccat.
BarriRes 348for 1 Duccat.
PalermoRes 190for 1 Florin.
MesinaRes 193for 1 Florin.
Antw. & Col.Duc. 1for 104 Grosses.
LondonDuc. 1for 69 d. sterl.
ValentiaDuc. 105for 100 Duc.
SaragosaDuc. 104¾for 100 Duccats.
BarselonaDucc. 103 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Duccats.
Siv. al. Med.Duc. 106for 100 Duccats.
BoloniaRes 400for—1 Duccaton.
BergamoRes 388for—1 Duccaton.
FrancfortDucc. 1for 89 Quarentines.

Page 30

CHAP. 297.

Of the Exchanges of Bollonia in Italy.

IN Bollonia some are found to keepe their accounts in Livers, Sols, and Deniers, and others in Duccatons, Sols, * 1.41 and Deniers. And in the custome of Exchanging, this place giveth the broken number to Placentia, Lions, Rome, Genoa, Millan, Florence, and Luccha, and to all others the whole number, which is the Duccaton, either one or one hundred.

Bollonia doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaDuccatons 117for 100 Crownes.
LionsDuccat. 119¾for 100 Crownes.
RomeDuccat. 120for 100 Duccat.
GenoaDuccat. 118for 100 Cro. of Gold.
Mill•…•…Duccat. 117for 100 Cro. of Gold.
VeniceDuccat. 100for 114½ Duccats.
FlorenceDuccat. 116for 100 Crownes.
LuccaDuccat. 101for 100 Ducatons.
NaplesDuccat. 100for 113 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duccats.
LecchieDuccaton 1for 112 Graines.
BarriDuccat. 100for 112 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duccats.
PalermoDuccat. 1for 24½ Carlins.
MesinaDuccat. 1for 24 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Carlins.
Antu. & Col.Duccat. 1for 103 Grosses.
LondonDuccat. 1for 67 Pence sterl.
ValentiaDuccat. 1for Sol. 20. 2 d.
SaragosaDuccat. 1for Sol. 20. 0.
BarselonaDuccat. 1for Sol. 20. 1 d.
Siv. al. Med.Duccat. 1for 370 Marved.
LixborneDuccat. 1for 395 Raies.
BergamoDuccat. 100for 101 Duccatons.
FrancfortDuccat. 1for 87 Quarentines.

Page 31

CHAP. 298.

Of the Exchanges of Bergamo, in Lombardie.

IN Bergamo, Merchants accounts are kept in Livers, * 1.42 Sols, and Deniers of Piccholis, and the Exchangers in Duccatons, Sols, and Deniers. The Money of Piccholi, is the current Coine of the place, and the same as is in use in Venetia. The Duccaton is worth 7 Livers of Piccolis, so that 1 Sol. of Duccaton is worth 7 Sol of Piccols, so likewise the Denier of Duccaton is worth 7 Deniers of Piccoli.

In the custome of Exchanging, this place giveth the broken number to Placentia, Lions, Rome, Genoa, Millan, Venetia, Florence, Luccha, Naples, and Bollonia, and to all other places the whole number, which is found to be the Duccaton.

Bergamo doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaDuccaton 117 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Crownes.
LionsDuccaton 117 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Crownes.
RomeDuccaton 118for 100 Duc.
GenoaDuccaton 117 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Crow. of Gold.
MillanDuccaton 117 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Cro. of Gold.
VeniceDuccaton 87for 100 Duccats.
FlorenceDuccaton 111 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Crownes.
LucchaDuccaton 100 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 100 Duccat.
NaplesDuccaton 88½for 100 Ducc.
LecchieDuccaton 1for 112 Graines.
BarriDuccaton 1for 110 Graines.
PalermoDuccaton 1for 25 Carlins.
MesinaDuccaton 1for 24 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Carlins.
Antu. & Col.Duccaton 1for 104 Grosses.
LondonDuccaton 1for 67 d. sterl.
ValentiaDuccaton 1for Sol. 20.
SaragosaDuccaton 1for Sol. 20. 1 d.
BarselonaDuccaton 1for Sol. 20. 2 d.
Siv. al. Med.Duccaton 1for 370 Marved.
LixborneDuccaton 1for 390 Raies.
BolloniaDuccaton 100⅓for 100 Duccatons.
FrancfortDuccaton 1for 86¼ Quarentins.

Page 32

CHAP. 299.

Of the Exchanges of Francfort, Norimberg, Augusta, and Vienna in Germanie.

IN these places, Merchants are found to keepe their accounts in Florins, Sols, and Deniers, as by 20 and 12. * 1.43 the Florin being 20 Sols, or 60 Quarentines. The Qua∣rentine is in some places called the Craizer, which is 4 Pfenings, so that 12 Pfening makes one Sol.

In the custome of Exchanging, these places gives the whole number, which is the Florin, to London, Antuerpe, Colonia, and Valentia, and to all others gives the broken number, which is the Quarentine.

Francfort, Norimberg, Augusta, and Vienna doth ex∣change with

PlacentiaQuarentine 102for 1 Crowne.
LionsQuarent. 103for 1 Crowne.
RomeQuarent. 104for 1 Duccat.
GenoaQuarent. 191for 1 Cro. of 4 li. curr.
MillanQuarent. 102 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Cro. of Gold.
VeniceFlor.—126for 100 Duccat.
FlorenceQuarent. 96for 1 Crowne.
LucchaQuarent. 86for 1 Duccaton.
NaplesQuarent. 77for 1 Ducc.
LecchieQuarent. 77for 1 Ducc.
BarriQuarent. 78for 1 Ducc.
PalermoQuarent. 90for 1 Ducc.
MesinaQuarent. 89 〈◊〉〈◊〉for 1 Ducc.
Antu. & Col.Flor. of 65 quar. 1for 80 Grosse.
LondonFlorin.—1for 50 d. sterl.
ValentiaFlorin.—1for Sol. 13. 8 d.
SaragosaQuarent. 96for 1 Duccat.
BarselonaQuarent. 97for 1 Duccat.
Siv. al. Med.Quarent. 87for 1 Duccat.
LixborneQuarent. 86for 1 Duccat.
BolloniaQuarent. 88for 1 Duccaton.
BergamoQuarent. 87for 1 Duccaton.

Page 33

CHAP. 300.

Of the Termes of payments in generall of Bills of Exchange.

TO make these Tables compleat, and the Rules of * 1.44 these Exchanges to be truly and rightly understood, it is observable, that as all Exchanges have a setled rate and price, by which the taker taketh, and the giver by covenant giveth it; so is there likewise a certaine positive terme, and time limitted, wherein, and at which day expired, the factor of the taker, or his assigne, repayeth the co∣venanted summe to the factor, or assigne of the giver thereof, which •…•…rme or time is of differing space of dayes prefixed: the com∣mon terme or times by which all Bills in Exchanges are made, are found usually to be five; which is, first, at sight of the Bill; second∣ly, at Vsance; thirdly, at double Vsance; fourthly, at halfe Vsance; and fifthly, at Marts, Faires, &c. which five Termes in Exchanges are thus understood.

First then, at sight, or so many dayes after sight, is understood to be so long a terme or time, as the Bill of Exchange will be after the * 1.45 deliverie going to that place, where it is covenanted that the same should be payd; and upon the shew and sight thereof, or at so many dayes after, as is specified therein, it must be payd and answer'd accordingly.

Secondly, at Vsance, is understood to be of a different terme and space of time; sometimes consisting of 8 dayes, as from Rome * 1.46 to Naples; sometimes of 10 dayes, as from Genoa to Rome; some∣times of 30 dayes, as from London to Roven, to Antuerpe, to Middle∣burgh, to Amsterdam, and so to other places; sometimes of 60 dayes, or two moneths, as from London to Hamburgh, from Antuerpe to Rome, and to Venice, and to Florence, to Naples, to Palermo, and so to other places: sometimes againe, Vsance is understood to be 90 dayes, or three moneths, as from London to Venice, Florence, Na∣ples, &c. according to the severall customes of the said distant severall places, where the Bills of Exchanges are made, and ever ac∣counted from the date of the said Bill.

Thirdly, at double Vsance; which, considering the said places, is understood to be double the former space of single Vsance, being * 1.47 •…•…ther of 8, 10, 30, 60, or 90 dayes doubled, according to the cu∣stome of the place where the Bill is made and accounted also from the date of the said Bill.

Page 34

Fourthly, at halfe Vsance, this is understood to bee halfe the a∣bovesaid, * 1.48 first limited terme or time, according (as I said before) to the common custome of that place where the Bill is made, and accounted also from the date of the Bill.

Fiftly, at Martes or Faires, which by Italians and Spaniards is * 1.49 called La Fiera, and this space of time for paiment of Bils is un∣derstood to be at some certaine daies, accounted for Faires in the said places, where the Bils are made to be paiable, as is found in Placentia quarterly foure times of the yeere; the like observed ge∣nerally in Lions, and in Castile, at three times of the yeere, ac∣counted as in three Banks 1o i' las Fieras de Vilaleon. 2o de Medina del Campo, 3o de Medina del Rio Sieco, which places are as publike Martes, whereto Merchants doe use to give and take, sometimes to benefit themselves by Exchanges, as in the abovesaid places, and sometimes to buy commodities, and supply their occasions, as is used twice a yeere for some Martes in Germany, as I have touched more largely in the description of the trade of the said Cities.

CHAP. 301.

How the rates and Prices in Exchanges are setled.

THe next thing considerable yet to bee handled * 1.50 for the explanation of these Tables of Exchanges, is the rate and price it selfe, for seeing that so many Merchants of great eminencie, whose e∣states are continually traversed from one coun∣trey to another, and from one Coyne to ano∣ther, doe daily and constantly give and take as their occasion, and the rates of the Exchanges, conduce to their profit, it may be conceived, that their great purses, should prescript the rule and rate thereto, which is seene so variously to alter, and daily to rise and fall by the continuall current of those and others that use this Mystery, yet notwithstanding, it is not found that they have any determinate power or stroake, in giving the price therto, though itmust be confessed, that such have a conducing hand, so far forth as it may be found, that their opinion concurre with the universal opinions of the rest, interessed in this mysticall body of Exchanges, and therefore to explaine my selfe, it may fitly here bee de∣manded, how these rates and prizes of Exchanges come to be set, and then continued, or how it coms to passe that the same are seen so frequently to vary and alter, in forraine parts: whereto I an∣swer, that the Bankers in Italy, Spaine and France, being now a∣dayes

Page 35

found to be the onely great takers and deliverers of monyes, have at the times of the payments of Exchanges, in the principall places aforesaid, (as namely, at Lions in France, Madrid, and in other places of Spaine, Florence, Genoa, Venetia, and such other pla∣ces in Italy) a constant meeting, and there by certaine tickets in writing, deliver every man his opinion, what the price of the Ex∣change ought to be for all places: Then exchanging for the next Faire or time of payment in every the said places, and according to the same, the calculation is cast up, by the Medium; that is to say, if there be seven or more Voices or Tickets, the said seven are added together, and the seventh part is the Medium; and if there be ten, then the ten being cast up, the tenth part is the Medium; and so for greater or lesser numbers accordingly: wherein it is to be noted, that these Bankers doe observe, how the plentie of Monyes lyeth by Exchange, how the occasions of Princes may helpe or hinder, either by great Receits, or great disbursements; how the Trade and commerce of Negotiators and Merchants is concurrent and effective; and therein they are found to concurre, in setting the said Rates and Prices for their owne commoditie and advan∣tage: and from this Spring, is observed to arise the Maine Ocean of all the Exchanges of Christendome; in which, this of our Coun∣trey of England hath but a small share, as being onely a Branch derived from the principall Channell.

CHAP. 302.

Of the Par in Exchanges.

THe next thing observable here, is the losse and gaine * 1.51 accruing by these Exchanges practised amongst Mer∣chants: to distinguish which, and for the finding out the realitie thereof, every giver and taker applyeth his studie to finde out the true and reall Par of Ex∣changes; whereby it is manifested, both what the gaine and losse is, and who is the gainer and who is the loser. Now this Par in Ex∣changes may be here properly (in the generall) said to be of two distinct kindes; the one as appertaining to the State and Prince, and belonging to the profit and losse of the Kingdome; and the other to the Merchant or Exchanger, and appertaining to the profit and losse of his private estate and interest: the first, I hold proper and fit the knowledge of Counsellors and States-men; and the other, is proper and fit the knowledge of the Trading-Merchant: the find∣ing out of both which Par's in Exchanges, is thus.

Page 36

The first Par in Exchanges, which I tearme here the Princes Par, * 1.52 or the Soveraignes Value for Value, is grounded upon the weight, finenesse, and valuation of the Monyes of each severall Kingdome, Citie, or Place; the severall Standards thereof so equally propor∣tioned, so truly and justly by the art of the Mint rectified, that each Prince his Coine, in Exchanges, may have its due allowance, accor∣ding to the goodnesse and finenesse, coursenesse and badnesse there∣of: and therefore herein to make and to settle this above-named Par exactly betwixt one Kingdome and another, we are to examine and compare, not onely the weight and finenesse of our owne Coines as they are in themselves, but also the weight and finenesse of those of other Princes and Countries, with the reall proportion that happe∣neth therein, not onely betweene our owne Gold and Silver, but also betweene the Gold and Silver of other Countries: This examination, comparison, and proportion, duly, rightly, and really examined, compared, and proportioned, and no difference, inequalitie, or dis∣proportion found or admitted therein, then may our Exchanges run at one and the same price and rate, both for Gold and Silver, taking the denomination according to the valuation of the Monyes of each Countrey and Kingdome; hereby finding how much •…•…ne Silver or Gold our owne Pound Sterling containeth, and what quantitie of other Monyes, either of France, Italy, Germanie, Netherlands, East∣land, &c. this Kingdome is to have in Exchange, to countervaile the same, in the like weight and finenesse, answerable to our owne, be it by the P•…•…nd, Doller, Duccat, Crowne, or any other reall or imaginarie Coine, giving alwayes a Value for Value, and receiving the like; which, by reason of the great consequence depending thereon, I here call the Prince his Par, in the exchan∣ges of his Monyes by Bills of Exchange with other Countries and Kingdomes.

The second Par, I call the Merchants or Exchangers Par in Bills * 1.53 of Exchange, and is grounded partly upon the Soveraigne or Princes Par above mentioned, but principally upon the current value of the said Coines, the plentie and scarcitie thereof, the rising and fal∣ling, inhansement and debasement of the same: and therefore such Merchants as are Exchangers, doe endevour by certaine rules of Exchanges, to equalize the valuation of the Monyes of one Prince or Countrey with another: And therefore every man that delive∣reth his Money in one Countrey, or Place, to have it in another, is and ought to be ever curious, to understand either the losse or gaine that commeth thereof; which is onely and properly distinguished by the knowledge and finding out of this Par, afore mentioned. For finding out of which, it is requisite for him that remitteth, to know either by his owne advice, judgement, or otherwise, how much the Crowne, Doller, Duccat, or Pound whence he remitteth, is worth in the place whither he would make his remittance unto.

Page 37

As for example, having Money in Lions in France, which I would remit for Antuerpe, I ought to know how much the Crowne of France is really worth in Antuerpe: as presuppose, that the Crowne of France, of 67 Souls, or 3 li. 7 Souls Tournois, is worth by exchange, according to the course thereof, 100 Grosse there; I would then know that the reall Crowne of 60 Souls or 3 li. Turnois (the Crowne wherein Exchanges are made) is worth, multiplying and dividing as the rule requireth, it will appeare to be Souls 89 37/67 Grosse, which is indeed the true value of the Crowne: if then the Bill of Exchange be made for lesse then 89 37/67 Grosse per Crowne of 3 li. Turnois, there is a losse thereby; and if for more, there is a gaine thereby: so that it is hereby evident, that 89 37/67 Grosse is the Par in Exchanges be∣tweene these two Countries, in the Crowne of France, and in the Grosse of Antuerpe; the which rule may serve as example in remit∣tances for all other places: for it is not otherwise to be imagined, that any positive rule can be set downe herein, considering the di∣versitie of species, which, as I said before, dayly riseth and falleth, and the price of the Exchanges, which every day, according to pre∣senting occasions, likewise altereth, found to be sometimes at one rate, and sometimes at another. And this Par is the matter where∣upon all Merchants Exchanges for profit and losse is grounded, and is the Par, or Value for Value, which in this following Tract I principally and fundamentally ayme at.

Now the last thing considerable in this place, and now to be observed, is the method, forme, and manner, how the Accounts of these divers Exchanges, from one Countrey to another, is betweene one Merchant and another cast up and calculated; which indeed principally is the worke of the Fen, and the hand of the Arithmeti∣cian; which as a necessarie adjunct, and needfull furtherance to the Mysterie of Exchanging, I have hereto inserted, and have herein pit∣ched upon the principall places here mentioned, willingly omitted the least and rest of them, having fitted (to such as I have concei∣ved the most worthy) apt questions and their solutions, from one Towne or Citie to another, with the denomination of their severall accounts and species, the manner of the briefe calculations there∣of, and the short proofe of each prescribed rule and position, ad∣ding for conclusion to each generall Citie of Exchanges, some examples of orders and Commissions, given and received, in draughts and remittances, made according to the common custome & use of the place, omitting some other principall points, wherein I might have enlarged both this matter and subject, that the ingenious head and hand of the learner may have roome and scope to worke upon according either to his desire, capacity, or inclination.

Page 38

CHAP. 303.

Of Examples upon the Exchanges practised at Lions, and how the same are calculated.

I Have formerly noted, that the payments of Bills of * 1.54 Exchanges at Lions is onely in use foure times a yeare, which are, first,

  • 1 The payments of Roys, beginning the 6 of March after their stile, and continueth the rest of that moneth.
  • 2 The payments of Pasques, or Easter, the 6 of Iune.
  • 3 The payments of August, the 6 of September.
  • 4 The payments of All-Saints, the 6 of December.

The acceptance of all Bills of Exchange here, is alwayes made the * 1.55 first day of the moneth of each payment: which acceptances hold in themselves both a promise and assurance of the payment of the summe included in the said Bills so accepted: And because there is no other time accustomed wherein Bills of Exchanges are accep∣ted, the Merchants here resident have invented, by meanes of a little Booke, away of registring their severall Bills, which they common∣ly call in French a Bilan; in which Booke, or Bilan, they accustomarily * 1.56 use to make a little Crosse or marke upon each Bill there registred, and thus orderly accepted. But if the partie to whom the same is presented, make a question whether he shall accept it or not, and demandeth time to thinke upon it, then they placeupon that Bill so there registred the letter V, signifying in French, Voir la lettre, or the Bill seene; and if in conclusion he refuse the same, either be∣cause he holdeth not the partie that charged the same sufficient, or solvent, or for any other just occasion, they commonly note the same in their Billan with S and P, signifying that the same is Soubs Protest, that is, under Protest: The which Bilan of Acceptations, Draughts, and Remittances, thus quoted and thus registred, I obser∣ved at my residence in that Citie, to carry so much credit amongst the Merchants of the place, as if the same had beene done with wit∣nesses by a publique Notarie.

The third day of the moneth of the said payments, the price of * 1.57 the Exchange is cut and setled, as well for the succeeding course of Eions it selfe, as for all the principall exchanging places of Chri∣stendome; in all which it is found, that Lions gives the Law and rule, ordering in some sort the price of all other places, excepting for Placentia.

Page 39

The sixth day al the Merchants residing upon the place, appear * 1.58 in certain publike rooms neer the Burse, or place of daily mee∣ting with their Booke or Bilan, containing both their Debit and Credit, of both depts and Bils of Exchanges, and there addresse themselves to one another, and to whom they are indepted, in∣timating unto them, to transferre parcels, or as they terme it Vi∣rer partie, and give for Debtor one or more, who doth owe and stands indepted unto them, the like summe or parcell, the which being accepted by the Creditors, the sum is respectively re∣gistred, and noted in the Bilan abovesaid, and after that time; that parcell is understood to be transfer'd, and remaineth entire∣ly upon the Risgoe, perill and fortune of the party that did accept the same, and in this manner here I have observed a Million of Crownes hath in a morning beene paid and satisfied without the disbursement of a Denier in money, and therefore to this purpose all Merchants resident here, or their servants for them are compel∣led in this manner, to appeare with their Bilon, thus to satisfie ac∣counts with their Creditors, and make good their paiments, or in default of this appearance, are by the custome of the place de∣clared as Bankrupts, and this in briefe is the remarkeable custome of Lions in matters of Exchanges upon every paiment.

It now remaineth I should shew the rules how the Exchanges * 1.59 are made in this place, for at every paiment, the current moneyes of the place are found encreasing, or decreasing being sometimes worth, from one paiment to another 2 per cent. or 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 more or lesse, to understand then these rules, I will first lay downe some Exam∣ples for the helpe of those that are not well acquainted with the custome of this Citie.

Presuppose that a Merchant hath taken in Banco 455 Livers, at 2½ per cent. from the paiments of Roys, as they call it, or Kings, untill the paiment of Pasques or Easter, and to know what the Exchange may amount unto, at the rate abovesaid, doe this brie∣fly the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said 455 Lib. is first to be taken, and then the ¼ of the said tenth, shall be the Exchange, forasmuch as the tenth of an hundred is ten, and the ¼ of ten is 2½ which is the Exchange afore. mentioned, * 1.60 and therefore ¼ of the tenth is to be taken, as for ex∣ample. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe a Debtor oweth unto his Creditor Lib. 3141. 16. 6 d. to pay at the rate of 2⅔ per cent. for Exchange, the which most fa∣cilie * 1.61 and briefly is thus performed, take the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said sum, & of the proceed 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the ⅓, adding the said fifth to the ⅓.

Page 40

And thus the value of the said Exchange is found out, as here fol∣loweth. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The reason of this brevity is, that if from 100, one taketh as is before said ⅕ of 1/10 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said ⅕ the product of the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉 with the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, gives just 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as is above specified.

Againe at 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent. how much amounteth the Exchange of Lib. 842. 17. 6. you must here take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 1/10 and a 1/10 of the said adding the two last products the Exchange will appeare, as 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe a Debtor oweth to his Creditor lib. 1435. 17. 8d. to be paid at the rate of 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. for the Exchange, to doe this, take * 1.62 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 part of the said sum, and of his Product 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and of the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 adding the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and the Exchange will appeare. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe at 2¼ per cent. what will the Exchange of 7661 lib. 17. Sols amount unto, to doe which, the ⅕ of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is * 1.63 to be taken, adding the ⅕ and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and it giveth the Exchange. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 41

Againe, at 3 per Cent. I would know the Exchange of 7000 lib. * 1.64 herein take ¼ of 1/10 and ⅕ of the said ¼, adding the two last products, it giveth the Exchange: as example, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Also presuppose, that a Merchant hath sold some goods for the * 1.65 value of 5312. 10. li. at a yeares time, conditionally to have the allowance of 2½ per Cent. for every payment, what ought the Buyer to give the Seller at the said terme? in this case consider, that 2½ per Cent. for a payment, is 10 per Cent. for the yeare; and therefore the 1/10 is to be taken, and to be added to the totall, and it giveth li. 5843. 15. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

But I have stayed upon this point too long, and therefore will omit further Examples, and will onely insert a briefe Method of these forme of Exchanges, in this place, because the ingenious may make it serve his occasions in any Countrey, where Monyes are either given or taken at interest, serving as compendious Tables, for casting up of any Exchange here, or of interest elsewhere, for any space and terme of time whatsoever, and fitly serveth as a ne∣cessarie introduction to what I shall here further insert, as concer∣ning the Exchanges made by Lions for other Countries.

CHAP. 304.

Briefe Rates of Exchanges in Lions, which may serve for the Rates of Interests in many other places.

FIrst, at ½ per Cent. take 1/10 of a 1/10, and the ½ of the last 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall * 1.66 be the rate and summe of the Exchange propounded and demanded.

At ⅓ per Cent. take a 1/10 of a 1/10, and a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the last 1/10, is the Exchange.

Page 42

At ⅔ per Cent.take a 1/10 of a 1/10, and ⅔ of the last 1/10 is the Ex∣change.
At ¼ per Cent.1/10 of a 1/10, and ¼ of the last 1/10 is the Ex∣change.
At ¾ per Cent.¾ of a 1/10, and the 1/10 shall be the Ex∣change.
At 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the 1/10 of a 1/10 shall be the Ex∣change.
At ⅖ per Cent.⅖ of the 1/10 of a 1/10 shall be the Ex∣change.
At 1 per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 1/10 shall be the Exchange.
At 1 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.1/10 of a 1/10 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the last 1/10, adding the two last.
At 1⅓ per Cent.1/10 of a 1/10 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the last 1/10, adding the ⅓ and 1/10.
At 1⅔ per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 1/10 shall be the Exchange.
At 1¼ per Cent.⅛ of a 1/10 shall be the Exchange.
At 1 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.½ and ¼ of the 1/10 of a 1/10 shall be the Ex∣change.
At 1 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.1/10 of a 1/10 and ⅜ of the last 1/10.
At 2 per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 1/10 shall be the Exchange.
At 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 1/10 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉, adding the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and ⅕.
At 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.⅕ of a 1/10 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.¼ of a 1/10 shall be the Exchange.
At 2¼ per Cent.⅕ of a 1/10 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said ½, adding the ⅕ and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 2¾ per Cent.¼ of a 1/10 and the 1/10 of the said ¼.
At 3 per Cent.¼ of a 1/10 and ⅕ of the said ¼, adding the ¼ and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 3 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 1/10.
At 3 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.¼ of a 1/10 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉, adding the ¼ and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 3¾ per Cent.¼ of a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and ½ of the said ¼, adding the ¼ and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 4 per Cent.⅕ of a 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 4 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent.¼ and ⅕ of
At 5 per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 1/10.
At 5½ per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 1/10 and 1/10 of the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉, adding the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 6 per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 1/10, and ⅕ of the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall be the Exchange.
At 6¼ per Cent.1/10 of a ¼ of a ¼ shall be the Exchange.
At 6⅔ per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 or a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of one 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 7⅕ per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 1/10 and ½ of the said ½.
At 8⅓ per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 10 per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉.

Page 43

At 12½ per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 15 per Cent.1/10 and ½ of the said 1/10, adding the whole.
At 16⅔ per Cent.〈◊〉〈◊〉.
At 17½ per Cent.1/10 and twice the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the one of the other of the said 1/10.
At 20 per Cent.⅕.
At 22½ per Cent.⅕ and of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the said ⅕ adding giveth the Exchange.
At 25 per Cent.take the ¼.

The reason why I have beene induced to set downe the briefe * 1.67 method of calculating the Exchanges here is, that as it is to be un∣derstood that the rate of the Exchange at the payment is regula∣lated for the next ensuing payment from that day, so must it al∣so be understood that the neerer the time is, to the day of the next paiment ensuing, the lesser consequently is the rate of the Exchange, for that paiment to be accounted, and because in many contracts that are made there in private bargaines, between mer∣chant and merchant, it is oftentimes found that the time of pay∣ment prefixed by agreement is sometimes 2, 3, or 4, or more Fairs or payments to come and succeed, and thereto is oftentimes to be considered the remaining time running to the first payment ensuing, therefore in this case, I have for the easier and better reckoning of him that sels a commodity, and of him that doth buy the same, set downe the easiest and briefest way how to make his account of the time to runne, which here I have set downe to the common terme of 10 payments, which at 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. makes 25 per cent.

CHAP. 305.

Examples of the Exchanges of Lions, with the profit of the profits thereof.

THe declaration of these rules is best demonstra∣ted by examples, which here following my in∣tended * 1.68 method, for the better understanding thereof, I here purpose to insert, the question being: That if a Creditor receiveth not each pay∣ment, the Exchange that is due to him, the Debi∣tor 〈◊〉〈◊〉 •…•…o •…•…ke him good the same, as if it were the principall, for Example.

I would know what shall Lib. 1560, 15 Sol. give for pro∣fit at the rate of two ½ per cent. for three paiments, valuing the said Exchange, with the principall at the price abovenamed.

Page 44

First it is to bee noted, that if by the rules above mentioned, the profits of the said summe at 2½ per cent. for one paiment coms to Lib. 39. 0. 4. d. that some is to be added to the prin∣cipall, and then it doth amount unto Lib. 1599. 15. s. 4. d. out of which must be drawne the Exchange of the second paiment, and adde that likewise to the principall, and out of that, the Exchange, of the third, and adding that in the same manner, and it giveth 1680-15. as by example following doth appeare. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And in this manner the account of the profits of the Exchange, of Lions may be made for any time whatsoever, and forasmuch as the rate of the Exchange, for a paiment in a continued summe, may alter, therefore I will lay downe one Example more, which Posito may be 7450 put out by the Exchange of Lions for a yeere, or 4 payments: The first payment falling to be at 2¼, the se∣cond at 2⅓, the third at 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and the fourth paiment at 2 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which accordingly cast up, and continued with the profit of the profit added to the principall, it will amount to 8203 lib. 6. 6 d. as following, shall appeare by the example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 45

Now forasmuch as these Rules have affinity with the interest u∣sed * 1.69 in many countreyes, continued by the yeere from one to ano∣ther, called by us, interest upon interest, it will be needlesse further to insist thereupon, and therefore before I proceed to the Ex∣change of Lions, I must not omit to shew one particular circum∣stance much in use upon this place, which is the account of dis∣counting, which falles out in many occasions, but principally when a Merchant doth here sell his commodities at 4, 6, or 10 payments time, and that he would pay the same at any payment, before the prefixed time, at a covenanted rate, an example or two in this kind I will also shew, serving for other countries also, where the like manner of discounting is used, with a briefe man∣ner, how the same is easily cast up, contrary to the method of ma∣ny of our common arithmeticians.

CHAP. 306.

Of the Account of Discounts or rebates, and the manner thereof, used as well in Lions, as in many other places of trade.

AMerchant selleth a commodity for Lib. 3709, 1259 paiable at a yeere, to discount at pleasure at 2 per * 1.70 Cent. for a paiment, or Faire, now if the buyer pay the same content, or in ready money, how much ought the seller to rebate him for discounte for the 4 paiments or faires at the said price?

To doe this succinctly and briefly, I first draw the discounte of the said Lib. 3709, 12, 9 at 108 per cent. and then multiplie the said summe by 2, and of the product take ⅓ of a 1/9 or more facilie, 3 thirds, the one of the other, the last whereof, shall bee the dis∣count of the said parcell, and so much must the seller rebate to the buyer, the which discount deducted from 3709. 12, d. 6. there resteth 3434 Lib. 17, 0 d. which the buyer ought to pay in ready money, the which for better declaration, I will lay downe by ex∣ample, with the proofe of the rule, for the triall of the certainty thereof. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 46

Now the reason why out of 108 per Cent. there must three thirds * 1.71 be taken one out of the other, is, because that 8 (which is the discounte or Rebate) is contained 13½ times in 108, the which 13½ doubled, are 27, and therefore must be divided by 27, or for the briefer and readier way, take ⅓ of a 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or three thirds one out of the other, and therefore to make the proofe, take 1/10 of the said 3434. 17 0. and in drawing ⅕ of the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the rest giveth 274. 15, 9, Lib. which declareth that the rule is well and rightly made.

Because that in this manner of discounting, or as we terme it, of Rebating, the time and price is found diversly to alter, I will set downe a briefe table for the casting up of any summe, for any Faire or payment, and an example or two for the understanding thereof, thereby the better to come to the maine and principall point of our account of Exchanges.

CHAP. 307.

The Table of casting the Accounts of discounts, or Rebatements.

  • IMprimis, At 101 per cent, divide by 101.
  • At 101¼ per cent. divide by 81, or take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 •…•…f a 1/9 * 1.72
  • At 102 per cent. divide by 51.
  • At 102 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. divide by 41.
  • At 102 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. for 38 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divide by 77, or take 1/7 of one 1/10
  • At 104 per cent. divide by 26, or take ½ of a 1/13.
  • At 105 per cent. divide by 21, or take ½ of a 1/7.
  • At 106 per cent. for 17 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divide by 53.
  • At 106¼ per cent. divide by 17.
  • At 107½ per cent. for 14⅓ divide by 43.
  • At 108 per cent. for 13 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divide by 27 or take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
  • At 108 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. divide by 13.
  • At 100 per cent. divide by 11, or take 〈◊〉〈◊〉.
  • At 112 per cent. for 9 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divide by 28, or take ¼ of one 1/7.
  • At 112 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. divide by 9 or take 〈◊〉〈◊〉
  • At 113 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. for 8 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divide by 17.
  • At 114 per cent. for 8 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divide by 57.
  • At 115 per cent. for 7 〈◊〉〈◊〉 divide by 23.
  • At 116 per cent. for 7¼ divide by 29.
  • ...

Page 47

  • At 116⅔ per cent. divide by 7, or take 1/7.
  • At 117½ per cent. for 6 5/7 divide by 47.
  • At 118 per cent. for 6 5/9 divide by 59.
  • At 120 per cent. divide by 6 or take ⅙.
  • At 122½ per cent. for 5 4/9 divide by 49. or take a 1/7 of a 1/7.
  • At 125 per cent. divide by 5 or take ⅕.

For the better understanding of the precedent Table, note that for Example, to take the discount at 122½, I divide the 22 〈◊〉〈◊〉, in 2, * 1.73 which make 45, and the like of the 100, making 200, which di∣vided by 45, the product giveth 4 4/9, and so many times 22½ are contained in 100, and because that the discount or Rebate is al∣wayes upon the 100, one more is to be added thereto, which makes 5 4/9, so that the said 22½ are contained 5 4/9 in 122½, and ther∣fore it must be divided by 4 4/9, the which to do, it is needfull, that all the same be put into ninthes, multiplying by 9, as well the summe out of which the discount is to be made, as the said 5 4/9, a∣mounting to 49 for Divisor, and for to divide by 49, as the brie∣fest and shortest way, take the 1/7 of a 〈◊〉〈◊〉, because that 7 times 7, makes 49.

Againe to draw the discount at 105 per cent. I divide 100 by 5, taking ⅕ which is 20, to the which number, I alwayes adde one * 1.74 for the reason beforementioned, making thereby 21 for divisor, and for to divide by 21, you must take ⅓ of the summe, which the discount is to be made of, and the 1/7 of the said ⅓ shall be the dis∣count.

Againe, for to make the discount at 107 〈◊〉〈◊〉 I double 7½ in two parts, which making 15, and so of the 100, making 200, which * 1.75 I divide by 15, taking ⅕ of ⅕, his product giving 13⅓, to which I adde 1, making thereby 14 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and so many times 7½ are contained in 107½, and therefore you must divide the summe, of the which the dis∣count must be made, by 14⅓, and thus doe in al other summes and parcels.

CHAP. CCCVIII.

Of the Exchanges of Lions with Rome.

I Have declared before in the generall chapter of the Exchanges * 1.76 of Lions, how many Cities Lions is found to Exchange with, and there also shewed the common rates how the same doth governe, which notwithstanding is found at every Faire, and pai∣ment, to alter, yet it standeth the Merchant so farre in stead, that

Page 48

thereby he is able to make the account, both of his draughts and remittances, though otherwise altering from their noted prices, which is the thing now resteth to be handled, that it may be discer∣ned, how the Exchange at Lions is cast up with any other place whatsoever, and there likewise it is observed, how the Merchants Exchangers doe keepe their accounts, which for the most part is in Livers, Tournois, Sols and Deniers, 12 Deniers making a Sol, and * 1.77 20 Sols a Liver, and yet some there be, that keep their accounts in Crownes of Exchange, called Crownes of the Sun, and is as the L•…•… ver distinguished into Sols and Deniers of Gold, accounted by 12 and 20 as the former, this Crowne being accounted worth 3 Livers, upon which the Exchange of the place is made and marked with Crownes, Livers, Sols and Deniers; the question then upon the Ex∣change of Lions with Rome is thus, 100 Crownes of Gold of 3 lib. is given in Lions, to have in Rome 85 Crowne. of Gold, Estampe or de Camera, more or lesse, as the Exchange passeth, I demand for Cro. 4520 1•…•… 6d. of Gold of the Sunne, how many Crownes of Estampe shall Lions have at Rome, to know which, you must multiplie the said Crownes of the Sun, by 85, and from the Product cut the two last figures, the which you must multiplie by 20, to make them Sols, and then by 12 to make them Deniers, which will come to be 3842. 10. 7 of Gold of Estampe which Lions ought to have in Rome for the said summe of Crownes of Gold, which this calcu∣lation following maketh more apparent. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account will appeare in the same que∣stion * 1.78 propounded, where Rome Exchangeth at the same termes with Lions.

Page 49

CHAP. CCCIX.

Of the Exchanges of Lions with Florence.

LIons Exchangeth with Florence, and giveth 100 Crowns to have in the said place 95¾ Crownes of Gold more or * 1.79 lesse, I demand for Crownes 1324. 15-0. of Gold of the Sunne, how many Crownes of Gold I shall have in Florence, to know which, I multiply the said Crownes of Gold by 95¾ in cutting the two last figures of the Pro∣duct, as I did in the precedent account, the which are to be mul∣tiplied by 20 and 12, to make the fame Sols and Deniers, and I find I must have in Florence, Crowns 1268 8-11 of Gold, for the said Crownes of the Sun Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Facit Crownes 1268-8-11 which shall appeare, when Florence Exchan∣geth with Lions. * 1.80

CHAP. CCCX.

Of the Exchange of Lions with Lucca.

LIons Exchangeth with Lucca, and taketh Crowns 100 to pay in * 1.81 Lucca, posito 103⅙ of Livers 7½ the Crowne: I demand for Cro. 1234-5-6. of Gold of Sun, how much must I pay in the said City of Lucca, to know which, I multiply the said sum of Crownes of the Sun by Cro. 103⅙ and from its Product cut off the two last fi∣gures, the which I multiplie by 20 to come to Sols, and then by 12 to come to Deniers, and it wil make Crownes 1273-7-2, which I must pay in the said place of Lucca: Example.

Page 50

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Note that if in Lions it be paid in money, there is one per cent. given more, so that receiving in the said place of Lucca, the said * 1.82 Crownes 1273-7-2 in money of the said place, the Debtor shall be bound to pay more Crownes 12. 14. 8, which is in all Crownes 1286-1-10, as for Example thus cast up: 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said Exchange, you shall find in the account when Lucca doth Exchange with Lions, made by the rule of three, saying, if Crownes 103 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give 100, how many shall the abovesaid 1273-7-2 d. give, which will be Crownes 1234-5-6. of Gold of the Sunne.

CHAP. CCCXI.

Of the Exchanges of Lions with Naples.

LIons exchangeth with Naples, and giveth crownes 100 of the Sun to have in that place Duc. 127½ more or lesse of Taries, 5 per * 1.83 Duccat, I would know for crow. 2584. 9. 6. of Gold of the Sun, how much Lions shall have credit for in Naples: the which to doe, you must multiply the said summe of crownes by the said 127 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duc. cutting the two last figures of the Product, the which must be multiplied by 5, to make them Taries, and then by 20, to make them Graines, because that the Duccat is worth 5 Taries, and the Tarie 20 Graines, so that it will give in Naples, Duc. 3295, Tarie 1.

Page 51

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 The proofe of the said rule shall appeare in the Exchange of * 1.84 Naples backe with Lions.

CHAP. CCCXII.

Of the Exchanges of Lions with Palermo or Mesina.

LIons exchangeth for Palermo or Mesina, and giveth 1 Crowne of * 1.85 Gold of the Sunne, to have in the said place posito 38 Carlins. I would know, for Crownes 4692. 11. 3. of the Sun, how ma∣ny Ounces shall Lions have credit in Palermo or Mesina, first mul∣tiplie the said Cro. of the Sun by the said 28 Carlins, the value of the Crowne, and taking the rest of the multiplication for parts of 10, because the Carlin is worth 10 Grains, and the proceed shall be Carlins and Grains, to make the which Ounces, you must take▪ in cutting the last figure, because that 60 Carlins makes an Ounce, and of that which resteth cut of, adde with the last figure, you must take ½ to make Taries, one whereof being 2 Carlins, and 30 worth one Ounce, and if you find a rest of the said Taries, you must take ½ which is 10 Graines, because that one Tarie is worth 10 Grains, and ½ of 20 which is 10, to the which must bee added the resting Grains, if any bee, so that the said summe of Carlins will make Ounces 2189 Tar. 25, Gra. 17, and so many Ounces will Pa∣lermo or Mesina give, and over and above the said summe of Oun∣ces, one Carlin per Ounce is given for to make it good money, and to adde the said Carlin per Ounce in the shortest way, it is to bee considered that for the said Ounces 2189 is given the same summe of Carlines for the Laggio of the moneyes as they terme it, which

Page 52

reduced into Ounces, cutting the last figure, and taking ⅙ of the rest, as hath been said before, will give Ounces 36, resting two tens of Carlins, which is twenty, to which must be added the last figure cut off, and it will be 29 Carlins, which is 14 Taries, and there will rest 1 Carlin, which is 10 Grains, to which must bee added 8 Grains, for 25 Taries which are with the Ounces, seeing that for 3 Taries commeth one Graine, for Lagio of the said money, and they will be Ounces 2226-10. 15, and so much will the Credit of Lions be in Palermo, and because that the said Carlin per Ounce comes to 1⅔ per cent. the account may be made in taking 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. of the said su•…•…me of Ounces, and it will make the same sumr; as Exam∣ple. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account shall appeare in the Exchange of * 1.86 Palermo and Mesina backe to Lions.

CHAP. CCCXIII.

Of the Exchanges of Lions with Genoa.

LIons exchangeth with Genoa and giveth one Crowne of the Sun, to have in that place, posito of mony in Gold 59 s. 9 d. I de∣mand * 1.87 for Cro. 9432. 9 of the Sun, how much credit shall Lions have in Genoa in current money, to doe which, first multiply the said Crowne of the Sun by Sol. 59. 9 d. and it maketh Sol. 563588. 10 d. which reduced into Livers, makes Lib. 28179. 8. 10 Money of Gold, which divided by 68 Sol, which is the price of a Crowne of Gold in money of Gold, and that which resteth of the division, you must multiplie by 20, to make them Sols of Gold, and then by 12 to make them Deniers, and they will be Crownes 8288. 1. 5 of Gold, the which multiply by 4½ which is the price at present of the Crowne of Gold in current money, and of its product will come Lib. 37296. 6. 4 of money current, and so much Credit shall Lions have in Genoa, for the said Crowne 9432. 9 of the Sunne,

Page 53

and you must note, that the Livers of the money of Gold cannot be reduced into current money, unlesse first it be reduced to Crownes of Exchange. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Rule is seene, when that Genoa doth exchange * 1.88 for Lions.

CHAP. CCCXIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Lions with Millan.

LIons exchangeth with Millan, and giveth a Crowne of the Sunne * 1.89 to have in Millan posito 118⅓s, I would know how many Li∣vers makes Crownes 1564. 15. 6. of Gold of the Sunne in Milan: To doe which, you must multiply the said summe of Crownes by 5 Li. 18. 4. which are the Sols 118⅓, beginning to multiply the Li. 5 by the 6 Den. and then by the 15 which are with the Crowne of the Sunne, the proceed of the multiplication shal be Li. 9258. 5. which shall be had in Millan for the said Cro. of the Sunne: as for example,

Page 54

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account shall be manifest in the Example * 1.90 of Millan with Lions.

CHAP. CCCXV.

Of the Exchange of Lions with Venetia.

LIons exchangeth with Venice, and giveth 100 Crownes of Gold, * 1.91 to have there Duccats posito 119⅔ of Livers 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Duccat; I demand, for Crownes 3549. 10. of the Sunne, how much credit shall Lions have in Venice: to know which, multiply the said summe of Crownes by the said 119⅔ Duccats, and the remainder produced by the said multiplication, shall be divided by 24, because that the Duccat is worth 24 Grosse, and out of that product cut the two last figures, the which being multiplyed by 24, to make them Grosses, they will make Duccats 4238 1/12, which Lions shall have Credit in Venice for the said Crownes of the Sunne: as Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Facit 4238 Duccat. 2 Grosse. And the proofe of this account shall be manifested by Example, in the Exchanges of Venetia back * 1.92 for Lions.

Page 55

CHAP. CCCXVI.

Of the Exchange of Lions with Bolonia.

LIons exchangeth with Bolonia, and giveth 100 Crownes of the Sun * 1.93 to have in Bolonia Crow. 113 of Livers 4¾ per Crowne; I demand then, for Crow. 3879. 13. 4. of the Sun, how much credit shall Lions have in Bolonia: to doe which, multiply the said Crownes of the Sun by 113, and from the product cut the two last figures, then mul∣tiply them by 20. and 12. to make them Sols and Deniers, and it will come to Crow. 4282. 6. 5. in Bolonia, the which you must bring into Livers, by multiplying them by Li. 4. 15. which is the value of the Crowne in Bolonia, and they make Li. 20341. 0. 5. which Lions shall have credit for in Bolonia. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe hereof serveth to know how to make the account, when Bolonia exchangeth for Lions, and is done by the rule of 3. say∣ing, if Cro. 113 give 100 Crowns, how many shall 4282 Cro. 6. 5 d. give?

CHAP. CCCXVII.

Of the Exchange of Lions with Placentia.

LIons exchangeth with Placentia, and giveth 119⅔ posito Crownes * 1.94 of the Sunne, to have in Placentia Crownes 100 of Marc. I de∣mand, for Crownes 3489. 15. of Gold of the Sunne, how many Crownes shall be due to me in Placentia: to find which, I say by the rule of Three, if Crow. 119 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give 100 Crow. of Marc. how many will Crow. 3489. 15. give? the product of which rule, giveth Crow. 2916. 4. 6 d. of Marc. and so much shall be due to me in the said place of Placentia, for the said summe of Crownes of the Sunne: for example,

Page 56

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is seene, when that Placentia shall ex∣change with Lions.

CHAP. CCCXVIII.

Of the Exchange of Lions with Antuerpe.

LIons exchangeth with Antuerpe, and giveth one Crowne of the * 1.95 Sunne to have in Antuerpe posito 121 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Grosse; I demand then, how many Livers of Grosses I shall have there, for Cro. 6895. 11. 3. To doe which, I multiply the said summe by the said 121 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Grosse, and it giveth Grosses 836661, out of which take 〈◊〉〈◊〉, to make them Sols, and they make Sols 69721. 9. which to make into Livers, you must cut the two last figures, & take the ½ of the others, and it will come to li. 3486. 1. 9. of Grosses, which I should have in the said place of Antuerpe, for the above-mentioned summe of Crownes of the Sunne: as by Example, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 57

The proofe of the said account will appeare, when that Antuerpe exchangeth with Lions: and therein it is to be noted, that in the meaner of the Exchange that Lions maketh with Antuerpe, the cal∣culation will serve in the same manner with Colonia; because the same Monyes are used in Exchanges in the said Citie of Colonia as in Antuerpe, and the same also is in use in Amsterdam, and through∣out the Netherlands.

CHAP. CCCXIX.

Of the Exchange of Lions with London.

LIons exchangeth with London, and giveth a Crowne of the Sunne * 1.96 to have in London posito Pence sterling 58; I then demand, for Crownes 7693. 10. 0 Crownes of the Sunne, how many Li∣vers of Pounds sterling shall I have in London, working the same as the precedent rule, and account from Lions to Antuerpe, and it will make sterling Pounds 1859. 5. 3 d. And so much credit shall the same give me in London, as shall appeare by Example fol∣lowing. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account shall appeare, when I come to the * 1.97 Exchanges of London with this place of Lions.

Here also it is to be noted, that the account is calculated in the same manner, when either Paris, Roven, or any other part of * 1.98 France doth exchange for the Citie of London, or for any other Citie in England.

Page 58

CHAP. CCCXX.

Of the Exchange of Lions with Francfort.

LIons exchangeth for Francfort, and giveth a Crowne of the Sunne to have in the said place Quarentines posito 95¾; I demand, * 1.99 for 1500 Crownes of the Sunne, how many Florins shall Lions have in Francfort: to doe which, multiply the said Crownes of the Sunne by 95¾, and it maketh Quarentines 143625; to reduce which into Florins, you must cut off the two last figures, and then take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the others, or else divide them by 60, because that 60 Quarentines make a Florin, and it giveth Florins 2393, and 4 over-plus, which is to be understood for 40, and with the figure cut off, makes 45, of which, 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is to be taken to make Sols, because that 3 Quarentines is a Sol, and then it makes Flor. 2393. Sol. 15. which Lions ought to have credit for in Francfort. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Desiring for proofe of the said account, to exchange from Franc∣fort to Eions, the said Flor. 2393. 15. at Quarent. 95¾ per Crowne, * 1.100 I first put the said Florins into Quarentines, multiplying them by 60, and they will be Quarentines 143625, which divided by 95¼, makes just Crow. 1500 of the Sunne, as abovesaid.

Note also, that in Francfort is onely accounted two Faires; the first, in Mid-Lent; and the other, in Mid-September; and if the remittance be out of the Faire, you may stay for the said Faire, and the Money must stay halfe a yeare, which is here two Faires, in satis∣faction whereof, is sometimes made good 6, sometimes 7 per Cent. as Merchants can agree, more or lesse.

Note also, that when Lions is found to exchange with No∣rimberg, the account thereof is made as above is said, with Francfort.

Page 59

CHAP. CCCXXI.

Of the Exchange of Lions with Sivil.

LIons exchangeth with Sivil, and giveth crownes 1 of the Sun, to have in the said place posito 396 Marvedes: I demand * 1.101 then, what credit I shall have in Sivill, for Crownes 6792-16-6 d. delivered in Lions, at the said price: to doe which mul∣tiplie the said Crownes by 396, and they will make Marvedes 2689958, to which must be added 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent. for the Lagio of the money, which is 5 per 1000, and then they will make, Mar∣ved. 2703407, and so much shall Lions have credit in Sivill, as Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Note that when Lions doth Exchange with Alcala, the account is made as the precedent with Sivil, and that the proof of the said * 1.102 calculation is found true by the Exchange of Sivill, or Alcala with Lions.

CHAP. CCCXXII.

Of the Exchanges of Lions with Lixborne.

LIons exchangeth with Lixborne and giveth 1 Cro. of the Sun, to have there posito 528 Rais, I demand then for Cr. 7893. 4. 6. * 1.103 of the Sun, how many Res Lions shall have credit in the said place of Lixborne, and to know which Imultiplie the said Cro. by

Page 60

528, and find that it giveth in Raes 4167622, which Lions shall have credit in Lixborne, as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is manifested, when that Lixborne shal exchange with Lions.

CHAP. CCCXXIII.

Of the Exchanges of Lions with Barselona.

LIons exchangeth with Barselona and giveth one Crowne of the * 1.104 Sun, to have in the said place posito 22-8-Sols: I demand for 7822. 12. 6. Cro. of the Sun, which Lions doth remit to Barselona, how many Livers shall I have, to doe which, you must multiply the above said summe of Crownes, by lib. 1. 2. 8. which is 22-8 d. beginning to multiplie by the Deniers, and then by the Sols, which are annexed to the Crownes, and the summe will come to 8865-12-10, which you shall have in Barselona for the said summe of crownes of the Sun. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account will appeare, when Barselona ex∣changeth backe with Lions.

It will not be needfull I should propound here any Examples, when Lions Exchangeth with Valentia and Saragosa, seeing that the * 1.105 account is the same as with Barselona above said, and this is as

Page 61

much as I conceive requisite concerning the Exchanges of Lions with other places, to which I could adde sundry Remittances and Draughts in Exchange hence made to other places, with other such circumstances, but here being already matter enough set down, to exercise the pen and head of the ingenious, and of him that will study the Art and the Mystery of the Exchanges of this place, I will onely adde a word of the Orders and Commissions, given and received here in Exchanges, and an Example for explanation thereof, and leave the rest to the consideration of the stu∣dious.

CHAP. CCCXXIIII.

Of Orders and Commissions given and received for Draughts and Remittances by Exchanges in Lions.

BEfore I enter this vast subject of Orders and Com∣missions, * 1.106 I will briefly shew, how the accounts of these Orders and Commissions are made, being onely •…•…iven, by the expert and subtle heads of Bankers and Exchangers, conversant in the course of Exchanging, which sorts of Commission or Orders, are wrought partly by the Rule of Three Direct, and partly by the same rule backward, and the bet∣ter to distinguish, those that are made Direct, and those that are made backward, it is requisite, that the course and manner of Exchanging from one place to another bee precisely knowne and learned, and how that place to which the Commission is sent and given, draw or remit either by a certaine or uncertaine rate, and such Commissions ought to be made, by the Rule of Three back∣ward, taking one of the prices, which are found for Divisor, and the other two, which are the order'd prices, take for the summe to divide by, and it is to be noted, that the first price, which is taken for Divisor, be of the same place as the last, and to know herein what is meant by this word certaine and uncertaine, I shall now declare it.

A Certain Exchange is no other, then to give a setled price, which varieth not in Exchanging, and hath no change or alteration, as it * 1.107 is seene in Lions, or in Placentia, which giveth alwayes Cro, 100, or Cro. 1, to have in N•…•…les Duccats 130 more or lesse, and this 100 Cro. or 1 Cro. is 〈◊〉〈◊〉 found to alter, and therefore termed by Ex∣changers to be the certaine price.

Page 62

Incertaine Exchange is a price that is observed unconstant, and * 1.108 which admits of variation, which shall be when the place which Exchangeth, giveth a number of Crownes, Ducats, or Sols, or of any other money which commeth not to the iust sum of 100, or else exceedeth the same, and therefore the same not being firme and stable, are named incertaine Exchanges, as subject to alteration, sometimes more, and sometimes lesse, which is rightly and well to be considered and understood in Orders and Commissions of Ex∣changes given.

When the place then wherein the Commission is to bee effected, giveth to the places whereto it ought to remit, and draw, to both of them the Incertaine, the account must be made by the rule of Three Forward or direct, taking for first & second number, the pri∣ces that have beene ordered, and for the last number of the said rule, take one of the prices that are found, in such a manner, that the first Exchange of the said rule be of the same place as the latter. Likewise, when the said place where the Commission is effected, giveth to the places that it ought to remit, and to draw to both of them the certaine, the account thereof is made by the said Rule of Three forward, as by Example.

Order and Commission is given for a Merchant to his friend at Li∣ons, * 1.109 to remit to Naples at Duccats 126½, and to prevaile for Rome at 85 Crownes, or at an other price differing therefrom, provided that it may be done without losse, it is found to remit to Naples at 125 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Duccats, I would now know at how much might the same be drawn for Rome, to the end that this Commission be fully and iust∣ly effected.

It is here first to be considered, that Lions giveth the price cer∣taine to the said two places of Naples and Rome, and therefore by that account, it must be made, by the Rule of Three forwards, say∣ing, if Ducats 126 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give Cro. 85, the inordered price, how many will Duccats 125½ give, the price found for Naples, and it will come to Cro. 84. 4. 4, and at that price you must draw for Rome.

By this Commission then it is to be understood, that those of Naples will have Ducc. 126 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in remittance, in that place, and be Debitors in Rome Crownes 85; who finding to remit at Ducc. 125 〈◊〉〈◊〉, it giveth losse, receiving lesse then that which was inordred; and making the account in this abovesaid manner, it is found, that the Draught ought to be made at Crownes 84. 4. 4. which is to profit, becomming this way a lesse Debitor, then that which was inordred, which commeth to recompence the losse which is made in the remittance; As for Example shall ap∣peare.

Page 63

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 To proove this account, by which may bee clearely knowne, how this Commission remaineth perfectly effected, doe in this man∣ner. * 1.110

Presuppose, that those of Naples have given the Commission for Crownes 2000 of Gold of Estampe, or de Camera, which they would draw for Rome, and remit the value for Naples: You must first see how much the said Crownes of Estampe are worth, in Crownes of the Sunne, at Crownes 85 per cent. the inordered price, and it will come to Crownes 2352. 18, 9. of Gold of the Sunne, out of which you must take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. for provision, and there will remaine Crownes 2343. 10. 7. the which must be remit∣ted to Naples at the price inordered of Ducats 126½ per cent. and it will come to Duccats 2964½, or thereabout.

So that as it doth appeare, the said Crownes 2000 of debt in Rome, are made by remittance to Naples, Duccats 2964½.

Now then it is to be observed in the prices (different from the order given) which are found, that is to say, at Crownes 84. 4. 4. for Rome, and at Duccats 125⅓ for Naples, if for the said Crownes 2000 by Draught to Rome, a remittance may be made of the above∣said Duccats 2964½; and the better to know it, it must be seene, how much the said summe of Crownes of Estampe are worth in Crownes of Gold of the Sunne, at Crow. 84. 4. 4. per Cent. which will come to Crow. 2374. 16. 6 Crownes of the Sunne; out of which, ta∣king the provision at ⅖ per Cent. there will remaine Crown. 2365. 6. 7. which must be remitted to Naples at the said price, which is found of 125 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent. and it will make in Duccats 2964½, or thereabouts, by remittance to Naples; the which sheweth the said Commission is perfectly accomplished, in conformitie of the Order given. For example.

Page 64

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

I could here adde many of these Examples for the illustration of this point of Commissions, but I forbeare to doe it, because the examples might prove tedious and intricate, and the rather be∣cause I may publish in this kind some things that I have already roughly drawne, if I find that my labours this way prove grate∣full, and therefore touching other circumstances and questions that may arise in the Exchanges practised in Lions, I will referre the same to the ingenious lover of this Art and Mystery, having set downe sufficient, to exercise both the head and hand of the studious, and which may afford matter for greater varietie in in its season, therefore I will in the next place survey the Ex∣changes practised in Rome, after the same manner.

Page 65

CHAP. CCCXXV.

Of the Faires of Lions, wherein all Bills of Exchange are thence drawne, and there satisfied.

LIons is noted to have foure Faires: the manner of ac∣cepting * 1.111 of Bills of Exchange therein, I have observed in the 275 Chapter; the times of the said Bills now resteth to be shewed.

The first Faire beginneth in Lions the first Monday after the Epiphanie; and if the same fall upon a Mon∣day, * 1.112 the Faire doth then begin the Monday following; the which lasteth fifteene working dayes, excluding and excepting Sundayes and holy-dayes, the which is designed for Merchants to doe their af∣faires: at the end whereof (which oftentimes happens at Candle∣mas) all parties are made by Exchanges, and all former remittances are payd and discharged.

The second, is the Faire of Easter, which beginneth the Monday * 1.113 following the Octaves after Easter day, and lasteth 15 working dayes, Sundayes and holy-dayes excepted: at the end whereof, all former Draughts, payable in this Faire, are satisfied, and all new Remittances and Draughts for other places, are made and framed from one man to another.

The third, is the Faire of August, and beginneth the fourth of * 1.114 the said Moneth, and continueth as the rest, 15 working dayes, which oftentimes happeneth not till the beginning of Septem∣ber; wherein, as above is noted, the Draughts made hither, and Remittances are discharged, and new parties by exchange for other places framed and perfited from one to another.

The fourth, is the Faire of All-Saints, beginning the third of * 1.115 November, continuing as the former, 15 working dayes, which sometimes happeneth on the beginning of December; and therein the Merchants use to discharge all former Bills that come hither from other places, and frame new Remittances and Draughts hence to other Cities, betweene man and man. For it is here to be noted, that all Bills of Exchanges, and for the most part all Bills of Debt have in this Citie no other time of payment, receit, or discharge, but during these foure principall afore-mentioned Times or Faires.

Page 66

CHAP. CCCXXVI.

Of Examples of the Exchanges practised in Rome, and how the same are calculated.

I Have shewed in the generall Exchanges of Rome, with how many places the same is found to exchange * 1.116 with; and there also shewed the common Rates how the same doth governe, which every day is so observed to alter, that no set Rule can be peremp∣torily layd downe for the same; yet it is in it selfe so beneficiall, that thereby the ignorant may make his calculation, either in his Draughts, or Remittances: The way of making which ac∣count, now remaineth to be handled, observing the same with so many other places, as may be fit to understand the ground thereof.

It is also there noted, for the understanding of what is to fol∣low, that Bankers and Exchangers in Rome doe keepe their accounts in Crownes of Stampe or Camera, Sols, and Deniers of Gold, named of the Eight Stampe, which are numbred by 20 and 12, because that 20 Sols of Gold makes a Crowne, and 12 Deniers a Sol.

The Crowne of Stampe being worth12Iulies.
The Crowne in Money worth10
And the Iulio worth10Baiocs.

CHAP. CCCXXVII.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with Lions.

FIrst then, Rome exchangeth with Lions, and giveth Crownes 85 of Gold of the Eight Stampe, to have in the said Citie * 1.117 of Lions Crownes 100 of the Sunne; I demand, for Crownes 3842. 10. 7. of Estampe, how many Crownes of the Sunne shall Rome have in Lions: To know which, you must say by the rule of Three, If Cro. 85 give 100 Crownes of the Sunne, how much will 3842. 10. 7 Cr. give? and it will come to Cro. 4520. and the remain∣der

Page 67

of the Divident multiply by 20 and by 12, to make Sols and Deniers of Gold, and it will be Crownes 4520. 12. 5 Crownes of the Sunne that Rome ought to have in Lions for the said summe: as for example; 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when Lions doth exchange * 1.118 with Rome.

CHAP. CCCXXVIII.

Of the Exchange of Rome with Placentia.

ROme exchangeth with Placentia, and giveth posito 99¼ Crownes * 1.119 of Gold of Estampe, to have here Crownes 100 of Marc. I demand, for Crownes 1382. 5. 8. of Estampe, how many Crownes of Marc. Placentia shall have? You must reduce the price and the summe of Crownes into Deniers, multiplying the same by 20 and by 12, and adding 15 for the ¾ of a Crowne, then say by the rule of Three, If the Deniers come at of the said price, give Crownes 100 of Marc. how many will the Deniers come of the said summe of Crownes give? and multiplying the remainder of the division by 20 and by 12, to make them Sols and Deniers of Gold, in doing which, they will amount to Crownes 1385. 14. 11. of Marc. which must be had in the said place of Placentia for the said summe of Crownes of Estampe, as may be seene by the fol∣lowing Example.

Page 68

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when Placentia doth ex∣change * 1.120 with Rome.

CHAP. CCCXXIX.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with Florence.

ROme exchangeth with Florence, and giveth posito Crownes 92¼ of Gold Estampe, to have in this place 100 Crownes of Gold; * 1.121 I demand, for Crownes 1476. 2. 3. of Estampe, what credit shall Rome have in the said Florence? To know which, you must reduce (as afore is said) the price and the summe of Crownes into Deniers of Gold, multiplying by 20 and by 12, and adding 5 Sol for the ¼ Crowne; then say by the rule of Three, If the Deniers come of the said price, give Crownes 100 of Gold, how many will the Deniers of the abovesaid summe of Crownes give? and multiply∣ing the remainder of the division by 20 and by 12, to have Sols and Deniers of Gold, it will appeare to come to Crownes 1600. 5. 2. of Gold: and so much credit must Rome have in Florence. As for example:

Page 69

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when as Florence doth ex∣change * 1.122 againe with Rome.

CHAP. CCCXXX.

Of the Exchange of Rome with Venetia.

ROme exchangeth with Venice, and giveth Crownes 73 〈◊〉〈◊〉 posito of * 1.123 Estampe, to have in that place Ducc. 100 de Banco of Livers 6⅕ per Ducc. I demand, for Cro. 850. 15. 8. of Estampe, what credit in Banco shall I have at Venice: to doe which, I must reduce, as in the precedent accounts, the price and the summe of Crownes into Deniers of Gold, multiplying the same by 20 and by 12, and adde 10 Sols for the ½ Crow. and then say by the rule of Three, If the Deniers come of the price, give Ducc. 100, how many will the De∣niers give me, that come of the abovesaid summe of Crownes? and multiplying the remainder of the division by 24, to bring them in∣to Grosse, because that 24 Grosses are worth in the said City of Venice 1 Ducc. of Li. 6⅕, then it will make Ducc. 1157½, which Rome hath credit at Venice: as for example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account may be discerned, when as Venetia * 1.124 doth exchange with Rome backe.

Page 70

CHAP. CCCXXXI.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with Millan.

ROme exchangeth with Millan, and giveth posito Crown. 87 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Estampe, to have in that place Crow. 100 of Livers 5. Sol. 17. * 1.125 per Crowne; I demand, for Crow. 2140. 16 of Estampe, how many Livers of Millan shall I have?

First, reduce the price and the Crownes into Sols of Gold, multi∣plying them by 20, and to the multiplication adde 16 Sol. for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a Crowne, and then say by the rule of Three, If the Sols comming of the price, give Crow. 100, how many will the Sols comming of the abovesaid summe of Crownes give? and multiplying the remain∣der of the division by 20 and by 12, to make them Sols and De∣niers of Gold, they will make Crown. 2438. 5. 4d. the which you must reduce into Livers, by multiplying them by Li. 5. 17. and they will make Li. 14263. 17. 2d. which I must have at Millan for the said summe of Crownes of Estampe; as appeareth plainely by this Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is apparent, when Millan shall exchange with Rome. * 1.126

Page 71

CHAP. CCCXXXII.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with Naples.

ROme Exchangeth with Naples, and giveth cro. 100. of gold of * 1.127 estampe, to have in that place, posito Ducc. 135⅔, I demand for cro. 2346. 15. 4 of estampe, how many Duc. shall I have, to doe which you must multiply the said summe of crow. by grai. 135⅔ per crowne, seeing it is the same graines 135⅔ per crow. as in Ducc. 135⅔ per cent. because the Duccat is worth in Naples graines 100, and of the product will come graines 318377, of the which you must cut the two last figures, to make them Duc. and it then maketh duc. 3183 Taries 3 grain. 17, and these Taries and graines make grai. 77 because that the Tarie is worth g•…•…a. 20 and so much you are to have in Naples for the said crow. of estampe, as appeares by this Example following. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account is seene when as Naples doth exchange this summe backe with Rome. * 1.128

CHAP. CCCXXXIII.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with Genoa:

ROme exchangeth with Genoa, and giveth posito Crownes 101 * 1.129 of gold of estampe to have in the said place Crownes 100 of gold of Italie, I demand for Crownes 4000 10. of gold of estampe, what credit shall Rome have at Genoa,

Page 72

you must first reduce the said Crownes of estampe into Crownes of gold of Italie, at the rate of Crownes 100 of estampe, for Crownes 102½ of gold, and therefore you must multiply by 102½ in cutting the two last figures, the which you must multiply by 20, and by 12, and they will make Crownes 4100. 10. 3 of gold of Italy, then say by the Rule of three; if 101 Cro. give 100 cro. what shall 4100 cro. 10. 3 give, and it will come to crow. 4059. 18. 3 of gold in gold of Italy, and for to reduce them into livers, you must multiply them by livers 4 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (the valew of a Crowne of gold) and in so doing, it will come to lib. 18269. 12. 1 current mony, that Rome shall have credit in Genoa for the said Crownes of estampe, as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said Rule is more apparently demonstrated, when Genoa doth Exchange this parcell backe with Rome. * 1.130

CHAP. CCCXXXIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with Palermo or Mesina.

ROme Exchangeth with Palermo or Mesina, and giveth 1 crow. of gold of estampe to have in one of the two said places, posito * 1.131 carl. 29⅕, I would know then for cro. 4000. 10. 6, what cre∣dit in Ounces shall Rome have in Palermo or Mesina, to doe which you must multiply the said crow. by 29⅓, and the product will be carlins 117348. 7. 2. the which must be reduced into Ounces, by

Page 73

cutting the last figure, and by taking the ⅙ of the rest, and the 48 remaining are Carlins, of which taking the ½, and they shall be Taries, and in thus working, it will make ounces 1955, Taries 24, grains 7 and picolies 2, which Rome must have credit for in one of the aforesaid places, for the above mentioned crownes of estampe, as is aparent by the following Example, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene when Palermo or Mesina * 1.132 shall exchange backe with Rome.

CHAP. CCCXXXV.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with Antwerpe.

ROme Exchangeth with Antwerpe, and giveth one crowne to * 1.133 have in the said Citie of Antwerpe posito 114 grosse, I demand then, for crow. 2000. 17. 8, how many pounds in grosse, or grosses, shall Rome have credit in Antwerpe, to doe this, you must multiply the said summe of crownes by •…•…14, and of the product will come grosses 228100, the which reduced into pounds Elemish will make lib. 950. 8. 4. and for so much shall Rome have credit in the said Citie of Antwerpe, as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is demonstrated when this parcell * 1.134 is Exchanged backe from Antwerpe to Rome, and note that when Rome shall exchange with Francfort, Amsterdam, or any other part of the Netherlands, the account is made as in the abovesaid man∣ner of Rome with Antwerpe.

Page 74

CHAP. CCCXXXVI.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with London.

ROme Exchangeth with London, and giveth 1 Crowne there to have in the said City posito 65 pence sterl. I demand then for * 1.135 Crownes 4000 14. 8 of estampe, how many pounds sterling shall Rome have credit in London, which must be wrought as in the precedent account of Rome with Antwerpe, and it will be found, that it will amount unto 1083. 10. 8 den. which I ought to have in the said City of London, for the said summe of Crownes of estampe, as may appeare by the Example following, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Rule will more evidently appeare when the summe of 1083 lib. 10 shil. 8¼ den. sterl. is remitted from London to * 1.136 Rome, which I hope is not in these dayes used in England.

CHAP. CCCXXXVII.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with the Cities of Valentia, Saragosa, or Barselona.

ROme doth Exchange with Valentia, Saragosa and Barselona, * 1.137 and giveth 1 Crowne of estampe to have in one of the said places Solsposito 25 den. 6, I demand then for crownes 6000 14. 4. of estampe, what credit shall Rome have in one of the said pla∣ces, to know which, you must multiply the said summe of crownes of estamp by li. 1. 5. 6, and they will make li. 7650. 18. 3. d. which Rome shall have in credit in one of the said places, for the said summe of crownes of estampe, as shall appeare by this Example,

Page 75

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is best seene when this summe shall be remitted backe from these Cities to Rome, and because that the calculation to all these three places, is made in one and the same manner, I have put them thus together, the price onely giving, the alteration in exchange more or lesse in each Citie.

CHAP. CCCXXXVIII.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with Sivile.

ROme Exchangeth with Sivile, and giveth 1 Crowne of estampe * 1.138 to have in Sivil, poito 456 Marvides, I demande then for 400 Crownes of estampe, how many Marvides shall Rome have in Sivil, to doe which you must multiply the said summe of Crownes of estampe, by 456 Marvides, and they make 182400, which Rome must have credit in the said place, and it is here to be noted that throughout all Castilia, the Exchanges are made in the same manner as at Sivil, and they likewise keepe their ac∣counts in the denomination of Marvides, and when as the ya∣mount to a million, they terme it in Spanish a Quintos.

Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

At Alcala and other places in Spaine, the account is as above * 1.139 made, and the further proofe thereof is seene, when that Sivil shall exchange with Rome.

Page 76

CHAP. CCCXXXIX.

Of the Exchanges of Rome with Lixborne.

ROme doth Exchange with Lixborne, and delivereth one Crown * 1.140 of Est•…•…mpe, to have in the said place posito 513 Res, I demand what credit in Res shall Rome have in Lixborne for 325 Crownes 9. 6. d. this question is to be wrought, as in the precedent account is shewed, and it will appeare that Rome shall have Cre∣dit in Lixborne for Raes 166968 as shall be seene by the working thereof following. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is apparent, when that Lixborne shall Exchange backe Raes 166968 with Rome at 513 Raes per Duccat. * 1.141

CHAP. CCCXL.

Of the termes of payments of Bills of Exchange in Rome.

From Rome the termes are

  • To Naples at 8 dayes sight, and from thence backe at 10 dayes. * 1.142
  • To Brudges and Antwerpe, at 8 dayes sight.
  • To Palermo at 15 dayes sight, & from thence backe at 10 dayes.
  • To Florence at 10 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Venice at 10 dayes sight and so backe.
  • To Avignon at 45 dayes sight, and thence at 10 dayes backe.
  • To Valentia at 2 months from the date, and 10 dayes sight backe.
  • To Barselona at 2 moneths from the date, & 10 dayes sight backe.
  • To Lions on the Faire, and thence 10 dayes sight backe.
  • To Genoa at 10 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Pisa at 10 dayes sight, and the same backe thence.

Page 77

CHAP. CCCXLI.

Of the Aggio of moneyes practized in the Exchanges and payments of Rome.

THis terme Aggio common in divers parts of Italie, is as much as the Valewable consideration, in the spe∣cies * 1.143 of sundry monyes▪ that are made in payments, either for Merchandize or in Exchanges by bills, and is accounted the difference, betweene the best mo∣ny, used in the termes of Exchanges, and the worst used in pay∣ments of goods, and therefore for the declaration and manife∣station thereof, I have made this question and Chapter, by way of Proposition and Demand. A certaine Merchant in Rome, fin∣ding himselfe to have received for merchandize sold by him to another, Crownes 3441 and Baiocs 97, of Iulies 10 per Crowne, which he desires to reduce into Crownes of the estampe, or as some terme them de Camera, thereby to make them fit to be remitted into any other place, the Aggio of the monies being considered as commonly is seene at 45 Iulios, I demand then how many Crowns of estampe, the same will produce. To know which, you must first see how much the 100 destampe are worth in Iulies at Iu∣lies 12 the Crowne, which will be Iulies 1200, to which must be ad∣ded 4▪ 5 Iulies for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Laggio therof, because that the Crown of stamp, is worth 12 Iulies, and then the Laggio, which comes to be 12 Iulies and Baiocs 4½ per Crowne, or else 45 Iulies for Crownes 100, and they will be 1245 Iulies, and so much shall 100 Crownes destampe be worth the Aggio of the mony comprised; likewise in the same manner you must reduce the said summe of Crownes of mony, into Iulies, and they make Iulies 34419 and Baiocs 7, comprehending 9 Iulies and 7 Baios, for the 97 Baiocs, and this being done, then worke by the Rule of three, and say, If Iulies 1245 give Crownes of gold of sta•…•…p 100 Cro. how much shall the said Iulies 34419. 7 give, then to multiplie the said Iulios by 100, there is only a cipher to be added after the 7 Baiocs, and prosecuting thus the working of the question it will amount unto Crownes 2764. 12. 8•…•… of estampe. Now to proove the said account, you must multiplie the said Crownes of estampe by Iulies 1245 per cent: in cutting the two last fi∣gures, * 1.144 and of the product, there will remaine Crownes 3441 and Baiocs 96⅘ and so the account will appeare to be well made, sa∣ving a small broken number lost, and in this manner must be wrought all like accounts, though the Aggio of the mony, be ei∣ther augmented or lessened, still by adding the Aggio, such as it shall be found to be, with or to the Iulios 1200, which is the price

Page 78

of 100 Crownes of gold destampe. The whole question I shall for explanation demonstrate by the working thereof in this example, and first, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

CHAP. CCCXLII.

Of Orders and Commissions given and received for draughts and remittances by Exchanges in Rome.

I Will herein, following my first intended method, give you also a proposition or two of a draught and * 1.145 remittance by commission and Order, the manner whereof largely explained by example, will be full and sufficient for reglement for the like draught or remittance from this City to any other place.

From Rome then is •…•…mitted to Venice, at Crownes 97¼ posi•…•…o, and from thence is remitted to P•…•…acentia at Duccat. 136 〈◊〉〈◊〉, I would now know at h•…•… much commeth the remittance from Rome for Placen∣tia, to doe which worke thus.

You must first multiplie the said Ducc. 136⅔ being the price of 100 Crow. of Mark by Crow. 72¼ per cent. cutting the two last figures, the which being multiplyed by 20 and by 12, to reduce them into Sols and Den. of gold, and in thus working it will come to Crownes 98. 14. 9. to the which must be added 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. for the provision, paid at Venice which is 6 Sols 7 Deniers, and they make Crownes 99 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and so many Crownes destampe is disbursed in Rome

Page 79

for 100 Crownes of marc of credit at Placentia, as doth appeare by Example following. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

To prove this account, you must see how much the summe of * 1.146 Crownes destampe that you would remit, are worth in Duccats in Venice, at the said price of Crownes 72¼ for Ducc. 100, out of which to make the remittance to Placentia, the provision is to be taken out at ⅖ per cent. then see, how many will the Crownes of marke give at Ducc. 136 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for 100 Crownes of marke, and the Crownes of marke, which come thereof, must be multiplyed by the said price of 99 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. and in thus working, will come the selfe-same sum of crownes of estampe, which are disbursed in 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 •…•…e remit∣tance made to Venice, and by the Rule may 〈◊〉〈◊〉 be made of all other accounts of the selfe-same subject▪

But it is to be noted, that the said account cannot serve in any other occasion, but where the remittance is made from Rome to Placentia, and that the Exchange is at 100⅓ crowne of estampe, for 100 crownes of marke, thereby to discerne, if it be the more profitable, to remit, as they terme it, a dritura or straight, or else to make remittance to Venice, and from Venice to Placenti•…•…, as is beforesaid at the above said prices, the remittance comming to be at 99 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crownes of •…•…ampe, so that as i•…•… is apparent it is more beneficiall to remit to Placentia by the way of Venice, for as much as •…•…t is seene by this Example, that for 100 crownes of marke in that •…•…ace, there is no more paid and disbursed, but crownes 99 1/11 in Ro•…•…, and ma∣king the remittance straight and a dritura 100 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crownes is to be disbursed. And moreover it is to be noted, that their Exchange is made some times, at a greater or lesser price, according to the aboundance or scarsity of the monyes current, and therefore these accounts serve onely but for instruction sake, and to shew how the Rules thereof are to be reckoned and cast up.

Another example of a commission given to enlighten this point, I will adde hereunto.

Page 80

There is order and Commission given at Rome to remit to Venice at 73 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crownes, and to prevaile for the same from Placentia at crow. 93 〈◊〉〈◊〉, but there is found bills of Exchange for Venice at crownes 74⅓ and mony for Florence at crownes 94⅖, the question is then, if at these prices, the said Commission and Order may be effected. The which to accomplish and know, I must say by the Rule of three, seeing, that Rome giveth the uncertaine to both those said two places, If crownes 73⅔ give 93 〈◊〉〈◊〉 crownes, what will crownes 74⅓ give, and it will give by the said Rule, crownes 94. 3. 6 d. so that this order and commission may be accomplished and performed with be∣nefit, because that remitting to Venice at crownes 74⅓, it ought to be drawne to Florence at crownes 94. 3. 6, and there it is found at more videlicet at crownes 94⅖, as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And thus much shall serve for instruction and method to the Exchanges and commissions practised at Rome, and now I will pro∣ceed to the next eminent place of Exchanges, according to my intended method, which is Naples.

Page 81

CHAP. CCCXLIII.

Examples of the Exchanges practised in Naples, and how the same are calculated.

I Have shewed in the generall Exchanges of Naples, * 1.147 with how many other places this Citie is found to exchange, and there also shewed the common rates, how the same doth governe, which every day is so found to alter, that no set rule can perem∣ptorily be set downe for the same, yet it is in it self so beneficiall, that therby the learner may know how to make his account, either in his draughts or remittances, the way of ma∣king which account now remaineth to be handled, observing the same with so many other places, as may be fittest to under∣stand the ground thereof.

It is also there observed, that the Bankers and Exchangers of the * 1.148 place doe keepe their account in Duccats, Taries and graines, the which are cast up by 5, and by 20, because that 5 Taries doe make a Duccat, and 20 graines a Tarie, also that the Crowne of gold, in gold of this Kingdome, is 13 Carlins, or 6½ Taries, and the Crowne of mony or silver is 11 Carlins or 5½ Taries, the Ducat of gold being worth 6 Taries, and the Duccat current is worth 5 Taries.

CHAP. CCCXLIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Lions.

NAples then Exchangeth with Lions, and giveth posito Duccats * 1.149 127½ to have in this place 100 Crownes of gold of the Sunne, I demand then, for Duccats 3295 and 1 Tarie, how many Crownes of gold shall I have in Lions, to know which you must say, by the Rule of three, if Duccats 127½ give 100 Crownes, how many will Duccats 3295 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give, multiplying the remainder of the divi∣sion by 20 and by 12, to make them Sols and Deniers, and it will make Crownes 2584. 9. 4 of gold of the Sunne, which I should have at Lions.

Page 82

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 The proofe of this account is seene, when Lions exchangeth backe either for Naples, Bery, Lechi or any other City of that King∣dome.

CHAP. CCCXLV.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Placentia.

NAples exchangeth with Placentia, and giveth posito Duccats 132¾ to have in this place cro. 100 of marke: I demand * 1.150 then for Ducc. 3416 Taries 2 and gr. 8. how many crownes of marke shall I have at Placentia, to doe which, I must first reduce the said summe of Ducc. into graines, and if there were neither Taries nor graines, it were done by the onely addition 〈◊〉〈◊〉 two ci∣phers, because that the Ducc. is worth 100 graines, and because that there is in this question 2 taries and 8 graines 48 graines is to be added, and take graines 132¾ for devisor of the said summe, seeing it is as much at grain. 132¾ per crow. as at Ducc. 132¾ per cro. 100, multiplying as well the one part as the other by 4 to bring them into quarters of graines, and after division by multiply∣ing the rest of the divisor by 20 and 12 to bring them into sols and deniers of gold, and all this done, it will come to crow. 2573. 12. 4 of marke which I must have in the said place of Placentia for the said summe of Ducc. above mentioned, as for Example,

Page 83

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is more apparently demonstrated, * 1.151 when this summe or parcell is Exchanged backe from Placentia to Naples, Bary, Lecchie, or other Cities of this Kingdome.

CHAP. CCCXLVI.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Rome.

NAples doth Exchange with Rome, and giveth posito Duccats 135⅔ in this place, to have in Rome 100 Crownes of gold of * 1.152 estampe: I demand then for Ducc. 3183. 3. 17, what cre∣dit in Crow. shall Naples have in the said City of Rome, to know which, the question is wrought as is before mentioned in the pre∣cedent Exchange of Naples for Placentia, and it commeth to Crow. 2346. 15. 2 of gold of estampe or de Camera, and for so much shall Naples have credit in Rome, as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 84

The proofe of this Rule is manifested, when this parcell is * 1.153 Exchanged back from Rome to Naples, Bary, Lecchie, or to any other City of this Kingdome.

CHAP. CCCXLVII.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Florence:

NAples Exchangeth with Florence, and giveth Ducc. posito 119: to have in Florence 100 Crownes of gold: I demand then for * 1.154 Ducc. 934. 1. 10, how much shall Naples have credit in the said City of Florence: this must be wrought as the precedent que∣stion of the Exchange of Naples for the City of Rome, and it will come to Crownes 780. 15. 0 of gold, and so much shall Naples have credit in the said place of Florence, as appeareth by this Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is declared when this parcell is Ex∣changed backe from Floren•…•… to Naples. * 1.155

CHAP. CCCXLVIII.

Of the Exchanges of Naples for Venice:

NAples Exchangeth for Venice and giveth posito Duccats * 1.156 97¼ to have in Venice Ducc. 100 of Livers 6⅕ of this mony (which now is termed in Banco) I demand then for Ducc.

Page 85

1799. 1. 13 of Naples, how many Ducc. shall I have in the place of Venetia, this is to be wrought as the precedent, multiplying the remainder of the division by 24, to bring the same into gross. because that the Ducc. of livers 6. 4 shil. maketh 24 grosse, and it will come to Duccats 1850 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and so many Duccats shall Naples have in the said place of Venice, as by the Example following, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account appearing when this parcell of 1850 5/24 is Exchanged backe from Venice, to the aforesaid place of * 1.157 Naples.

CHAP. CCCXLIX.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Milan.

NAples exchangeth with Milan and giveth posito Ducc. 98½ to * 1.158 have in Milan Crow. 100 of Livers 5 per Crow. of the mony of this place, I demand then for Ducc. 850, how many Crow. shall I have in Milan: To know which, I must doe as in the precedent exchanges, multiplying the remainder of the division by 20 and 12, to bring the same into Sols and deniers, and by this working it will make Crow. 862. 18. 10, and to know how many Livers they are, they must be multiplyed by 5 Livers, beginning to multiply the den. then the sols, and afterwards the Crow. calcu∣lating for 12 den. one sols and for 20 sols in mony one liver, and it will make lib. 4314. 14. 2 which one shall have in the said place of Milan for the said Duccats 850, as for Example.

Page 86

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is manifested with this parcell is Exchanged backe from Millan to Naples as aforesaid. * 1.159

CHAP. CCCL.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Lecchie and Bary:

NAples Exchangeth with Lechie and Bari, Citties within that Kingdome, and giveth posito 98 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Ducc. to have in the * 1.160 said places Ducc. 100. I demand then for Ducc. 3850. 1. 15 of Naples, how many Ducc. shall I have in these two places, This Rule must be cast up as in the precedent Exchange for Millan, and multiplying the remainder of the division by 100, to bring it into graines, and thereof will come 98 which are 4 Taries, and graines 18, and in all Ducc. 3908 Tar. 4 gra. 18, which Naples shall have credit in the said places, and note that when Naples Exchangeth with Montelion, with Cosense, or any other part of this Kingdome, the account is made as above, as for Example, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 87

The proofe of this Rule and account is thus made up. * 1.161 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

CHAP. CCCLI.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Mesina.

NAples exchangeth with Mesina, and giveth posito ducc. Ducc. * 1.162 115 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have in Mesina Crow. 100 of Tar. 13 of that mo∣ny, I demand how many Crownes of Taries 13 shall I have there for Ducc. 2348. 3. 8, to doe which working, as by the pre∣cedent Rules, I say: If graines 115 〈◊〉〈◊〉 make one Crowne of 13 Ta∣ries, what will graines 234868 make, and multiplying the re∣mainder of the division by 52, to bring them into halfe carlins, be∣cause that 13 Taries are worth 26 Carlins, and by this working it maketh Crownes 2035 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which abridged are 〈◊〉〈◊〉, or otherwise multi∣plying the remainder of the division by 13 and then by 20 to bring them into Taries and graines, which will be the easier to compre∣hend, but the reason why I have otherwise demonstrated it, is be∣cause herein I would follow the method and manner of the Mer∣chants of Naples, who in their accounts are accustomed to doe as above is shewed, and to reduce the said Crowns 2035 9/13 into ounces, you must multiply by 13 to bring them into Taries, adding to the multiplication 9 for the 9/13 and they will be Taries 26464, from which cutting the last figure and take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the rest to make them ounces, because that 30 Taries is an ounce, and the remain∣der of these thirds are tens of Taries, to the which adding the fi∣gure cut off, which are so many Taries, as must be placed after the ounces, and it will make Ounces 882. 4, and for so much shall Naples have credit in the said place of Mesina for Duc. 2348. 3. 8.

Page 88

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 The proofe of this Rule is manifested what that Mesina shall * 1.163 be found to Exchange for Naples.

CHAP. CCCLII.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Palermo.

NAples Exchangeth with Palermo and giveth one Duccat to have in the said place posito 166 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pontos, I demand for duc. * 1.164 2846. 2. 10, what credit shall I have in Ounces in Palermo, to doe which, multiply the said summe of duc. by 166 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pontos per duccats and it makes pontos 473942 to which adde 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to make them graines, because that 1 Pontos is 1 graine and 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and for as much as one graine is worth 6 piccolis, and 1 pontos is 8 piccolis, and it maketh graines 631922, to reduce which into ounces, you must cut off the two last figures, and take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the rest, because that 600 gra. make an ounce, which in all makes ounces 1035, and there remaineth 1 which is worth with the two figures cut off 122 gra. which are 6 Taries and 2 gra. because that 20 gra. is 1 Tarie, and they will be ounces 1053, Taries 6 and gra. 2, and so many ounces by the said exchange shall you have in Palermo, and note that over and above, they give credit 1 Carl. per ounce for good * 1.165 mony, to adde which said carl. per ounce, doe thus, considering that for the said ounces 1053, will come the same summe of carlins, for the Aggio of the mony, and to make the said carlin into ounces, you must cut the last figure, and take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the rest, will make oun∣ces 17 and there will remaine 3 tens of carlins, which are 30 in value, to which adding the figure cut, and it is 33 carlins, from which, taking 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to make them •…•…aries, (a carlin being ½ a tarie) which are 16 taries, and the remainder is 1 carl. in worth 10 gra. and ad∣ding 2 gra. for the 6. tar. which is with the ounc. because that for 3 tar. which are 60 gra. the Aggio will be 1 gra. and it will be in all ounc. 17 tar. 16 and gra. 12 which added, to be abovesaid ounces,

Page 89

it makes 1070 Tar. 22, and gra. 14, and so much credit you shall have in Palermo for Ducc. 2846. 2. 10. in Naples at pont. 166½ per Ducc. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is shewed when Palermo doth Ex∣change * 1.166 backe with Naples this same parcell.

CHAP. CCCLIII.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Genoa.

NAples Exchangeth with Genoa and giveth one Ducc. to have * 1.167 posito in Genoa 66⅔ Sols, I demand for Ducc. 1345. 4. 5 how many livers current mony shall I have in Genoa, the which is done by multiplication in taking of grains 85 which are the 4 Ta∣ries, and grains 5. the ⅔: seeing that it may be calculated for one graine of Naples ⅔ of a Sols, and it will come to Sol. 89723 and de∣niers 4, which to reduce into livers you must cut the last figure, and take the ½ of the rest, and if any rest, it will be a tenth, to which must be added the figure cut off, and it will be Sols, and thus it will appeare to be livers 4486. 3. 4 and so much will your credit be in the said place of Genoa, as by this Example, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 90

The proofe of the said Rule is more evident when this summe * 1.168 cometh to be rechanged from Genoa to Naples, as is aforesaid.

CHAP. CCCLIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Antwerpe.

NAples Exchangeth with Antwerpe, and giveth one Duccat, to have in Antwerpe posito 90 grosse. I demand then by this * 1.169 Exchange, what credit shall Naples have in Antwerpe for 3200 Ducc. to doe which, you must multiply the said summe of Ducc. by 90, and it maketh 288000 gra. which reduced to pounds Elemish, will make 1200 lib. 00. 0. d. and so much credit shall Naples have in Antwerpe for the said summe of Ducc. 3200. as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Rule is more apparent when this summe of •…•…200 lib. Flem. is rechanged for Naples from Antwerpe. * 1.170

CHAP. CCCLV.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with London.

NAples doth exchange with London, and giveth one Duccat to have in London posito 52 pence starling, I demand then for * 1.171 1528 Ducc. how many pounds starling shall Naples have cre∣dit in London: this must be done as in the precedent account, of Naples and Antwerpe, and it will be found that the same will give in London 331 lib. 1 sh. 4 d. which is the summe that Naples shall have credit there for 1528 ducc. delivered, as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 91

The proofe of this Rule will appeare when as 331 lib. 1 sh. 4 d. * 1.172 shall be rechanged from London to Naples.

CHAP. CCCLVI.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Valentia.

NAples doth Exchange with Valentia, and giveth one Ducc. * 1.173 for posito 21 Sols in Valentia, I demand then for Ducc. 2306 of Naples, how much shall I have credit in Valentia, to know which you must doe as in the exchange preceding, multi∣plying the said summe by 21 Sols, and they will make 2421. lib. 6 shil. which Naples shall have answered in Valentia at the price above shewed, the like is to be observed in the Exchanges of Sara∣gosa and Barselona, which I here omit for brevity, to which this Example shall suffice. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The Proofe of this Rule is seene when this summe shall be re∣changed from Valentia to Naples. * 1.174

CHAP. CCCLVII.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Sivill.

NAples doth Exchange with Sivill, and giveth one Duccat, to have in Sivill posito 402 Marvedes, I demand then for * 1.175 2634 Duccats in Naples, how many Marvedes shall I have in Sivill, to doe which you must multiply the said summe of Du∣cats by 402 Marvides, and they make Marvides 1058 868 which Naples must have credit in the said place, and moreover it is here to be noted, that throughout all Castilia the Exchanges are

Page 92

made in the same manner as at Sivill, and they likewise keep their account in the same denomination of Marvides, which when amounting to one million, they terme it in Spanish a Quinto, marked thus V. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And accounted 1058 V. or Quintos 868 mar. The proofe where∣of * 1.176 is seene when Sivill rechangeth with Naples.

CHAP. CCCLVIII.

Of the Exchanges of Naples with Lixborne.

NAples doth Exchange with Lixborne, and giveth one Ducc. to have in Lixborne, posito 498 Res, I demand for 1200 * 1.177 Duccats in Naples delivered, how many Res I shall have credit in Lixborne, this question is wrought as in the precedent with Sivill, and it will appeare, that Naples shall have in Lixborne the summe of 597 V. 600, as by the following working there∣of. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Rule is manifested, when that Lixborne shall have occasion to rechange for Naples. * 1.178

Page 93

CHAP. CCCLIX.

Of the termes of payments of bills of Exchange in Naples.

From Na∣ples the termes are

  • TO Rome at 10 dayes sight and at 8 dayes backe. * 1.179
  • To all other places of that Kingdome at 8 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Florence at 20 dayes after date, and thence at 10 dayes backe.
  • To Venice at 15 dayes sight and the like thence.
  • To Avignon at 60 dayes from the date, and thence at 20 dayes sight.
  • To Valentia at 40 dayes sight.
  • To Genoa at 10 dayes sight, and thence at 15 dayes sight.
  • To Pisa at 10 dayes sight, and so thence.
  • To Palermo at 10 dayes sight, and the same backe.

CHAP. CCCLX.

Of Orders and Commissions given and received for Draughts and Remittances in Naples.

ACcording to my intended method, I will here adde an example or two of Draughts and Remittances, by * 1.180 Commission and Order, performed in this place of Naples, posito,

To Naples commeth Order from Venice, that the Remittance is made to the said place at Ducc. 98⅓, in drawing from Placentia at Ducc. 135 〈◊〉〈◊〉, but there doe bills present for Ve∣nice at ducc. 99 〈◊〉〈◊〉: I demand then, (considering the losse that fal∣leth out in the Remittance) at how much ought I to draw for Pla∣centia, to know which, you must say by the Rule of three, If ducc. 98 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give ducc. 135 〈◊〉〈◊〉, what will 99 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ducc. give, and it will come to * 1.181 137⅓ ducc. and at that rate the draught must be made for Placentia, in the Remittance for Venice at ducc. 99⅔, and then the Commission will remaine effected according to the Order given, as for Exam∣ple.

Page 94

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe, presuppose that at Naples commeth Order from Flo∣rence, * 1.182 to Remit to Rome, at 134⅔ and to prevaile for Naples at 121 〈◊〉〈◊〉, there is found bills for Rome at 136 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and mony for Florence, at 122 〈◊〉〈◊〉, I demand then, if at these presenting prices, the Com∣mission may be accomplished, to know which worke by the Rule of three, and say, if Ducc. 134 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give ducc. 121 〈◊〉〈◊〉, what will duccats 136 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give, and it will come to duccats 122 and graines 58, so that, as it is apparent, the Commission may be effected, because that Remitting to Rome at 136 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the draught for Florence must be at ducc. 122 graines 58, and it is found at 122 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which is 60 graines more, as by the following Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 95

Againe, at Naples commeth Order from Palermo, to draw to * 1.183 the said Palermo, at Pont. 168¼, and to remit to Placentia, at 134½. Now there is found Money for Palermo, at 166½, and Bills for Placentia, at 136. I demand then, if the said Commis∣sions may be effected, at the Rates presented? To doe which, you must worke by the Rule of Three, taking one of the prices which are found for Divisor, as hath beene shewed by the in∣struction given upon Commissions, and say; If Pontos 166½ give 134½, what will 168¼ give? And it will make Duccats 135 〈◊〉〈◊〉, or thereabouts. So that it appears this Order and Com∣mission may not be performed, seeing that drawing to Palermo at 168¼, the remittance cannot be made for Placentia at more then 135 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and there is found Bills but at 136; as by this Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe, at Naples commeth Order from Genoa, to remit for * 1.184 Placentia at 133; and to prevaile from Mesina at 114, cleare of charge, there are found Bills for Placentia, at 131 〈◊〉〈◊〉. I de∣mand (considering the benefit which is given in the remit∣tance) at what price may the parcell be made? To know which, say by the Rule of Three; If 133 give 114, what shall 131⅓ give? and it will come to Ducc. 112, and 57 Gr. To the which must be added 44 Graines, for the provision which is there taken at 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent. and it will be Duccats 113. And at a lesser price, may not be taken for Mesina. The Example will make it evident.

Page 96

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And this is as much as I conceive fitting to have said of the Exchanges, Orders and Commissions practised in the City of Naples, and next to Genoa.

CHAP. CCCLXI.

Of Examples of the Exchanges practised at Genoa, and how the same are calculated.

I Have shewed elsewhere, the generall Exchanges of Genoa, and with how many other places this city is * 1.185 found to Exchange with, and there also declared the common rates and prices, how the same is found to governe, which notwithstanding is sound so subiect to alteration, that it cannot admit of any great certainty, yet so farre it is conducible, to this knowledge, that it may serve as a certaine rule for the calculation thereof, either in the Draughts, Remittances, or Orders, that may happen to fall within the limit of this City, the forming of which accounts now remaineth to bee handled, observing the same with some other principall places, which being well understood, will enlighten the way to what is here by me, for brevity sake willingly omitted.

To give then introduction thereto, it is to be noted, that Ex∣changers * 1.186 doe here keepe their accounts severall wayes, as some in Livers, Sols, and Deniers of current money, and others by Livers, Sols and Deniers money of Gold, and both these accounted and summed up, by 20 and 12, because 20 Sols make a Liver, and 12 Deniers doe make a Sol.

Page 97

Moreover, it is to be noted, that the Crowne of Italy of Gold, in Gold is worth here in current Money 90 Sols of Genoa, though it is found sometimes to be worth more, and sometimes lesse, as Mo∣nyes are requested: Notwithstanding, the said Crowne is alwayes given for 68 Sol, Money of Gold.

Againe it is to be observed, that in Genoa all or the most part of Exchanges that are practised, are effectively for Placentia, Lions, Millan, Venice, Naples, and Rome; and therefore, in the handling thereof, I shall, to avoid tediousnesse, be the briefer.

CHAP. CCCLXII.

Of the Exchange of Genoa with Placentia.

GEnoa doth exchange with Placentia, and giveth posito Sol. 87¼ current Money, to have there 1 Crow. of Marc. I would * 1.187 know then, for Livers 10269. 19. 3 d. current Money, how many Crow. of Marc. I shall have in Placentia?

First then multiply the said Sol 87¾ by 4, to bring them into 4/4, * 1.188 adding the▪ and they make 351 quarters, and then multiply the said summe of Livers by 20, to make them Sols, and then by 4, to make them quarters of Sols, adding to the multiplication 〈◊〉〈◊〉 for the 3 Deniers, and it will be in all 821597 which divide by 351 the price of the Crowne of Marc. and the division will bee 2340, mul∣tiplying the rest by 20 and by 1•…•… to make them Sols and Deniers, and they will be in all Crow. 2340. 14. 7. of Gold of Marc. which you must have in Placentia, as by Example will be more evident. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 98

To prove this account, you must multiply the said crownes of Marc. by Lib. 4. 7. 9. beginning to multiply by the Deniers, and then by Sols, calculating it by 12 Deniers for one Sol, and by 20 for one Liver, and of the product will come li. 10269- 18- 11. so that it is evident, that the account is just, the difference being in some small parts of the division which is lost, as by Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

At Genoa it is oftentimes seene that the Exchange is made for Placentia in Sols of money of Gold, and the difference of this money is, that the Crowne of Gold, by decree of the estate is worth 68 Sol. money of Gold, and in current money 90 Sol, and though that the said price of the current money rise and fall, the money of Gold never varieth from the said price of 68 Sol. If then I would know for li∣vers 2816. 13. 4. money of gold, which one exchangeth at 66. 5d. money * 1.189 of gold per Crrwne, how many Crownes of marc. shall one have, doe thus: reduce the abovesaid liv. into Deners, multiplying them by 20, and the Sols resting by 12, likewise reduce the said Sol 66. 5 De∣niers into Deniers multiplying them by 12, and that which will come thereof shall be the Divisor of the summe of Deniers, come of the said liv. the which divided, will be 848 Cro. 3. 7 of Marc. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

To prove this rule, multiply this by 5 d. and the product will be 2186. 13. 3, which shewes the account to be just cast. * 1.190

Page 99

In Genoa I would deliver for Placentia lib. 3248. 15. of current * 1.191 money which is Exchanged at 67 Sol. 10 d. of money of Gold, I de∣mand how many Crownes of Mark they will be, first reduce the said summe of Livers of current money, into Livers of money of Gold, dividing the same by 90 Sols, the price of the crowne of Gold in current money, and they will be crownes 721. 18. 10 which must be multiplied by 3 lib. 8 shill. the price of the crowne in money of Gold, and it will come to lib. 2454. 12. money of Gold, which di∣vided by 67. 10, to see what the crownes of Mark are worth, and they will make crow. 723. 14. 3. of Mark, and so much shall Ge∣noa have credit in Placentia for the said lib. 3248. 15 of current mo∣ney, as the Example shall more evidently demonstrate. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

If in Genoa you would reduce any summe of current mony, in∣to * 1.192 Livers of money of Gold by a short rule, because that the crow. of Gold in current money is 90 shil, and in money of Gold 68 s. you must take of the current money twice ⅔ placing them, the one under the other, and out of one of the said ⅓ take ⅓, and of that which commeth of the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you must take 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and adding these 4 parcels together, will come mony of Gold, as will appeare by this Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 100

For proofe of the said account, if by the same method you * 1.193 would reduce Livers of Money of Gold into Livers of current Mo∣ney, you must adde to the said Livers of Money of Gold the , and of that which will come thereof, take 〈◊〉〈◊〉, adding the said two par∣cels together, and they will make Livers of current Money: Ex∣ample. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And thus much shall serve for the Exchange of Genoa with Pla∣centia; wherein I have thought fit thus farre to enlarge my selfe, by reason of the great Exchanges continually practised betweene the said two places.

CHAP. CCCLXIII.

Of the Exchanges of Genoa with Lions.

GEnoa exchangeth with Lions, and giveth posito Sols 59. 9. * 1.194 Money of Gold, to have in Lions a Crowne of the Sunne; I would know then, for Livers 37296. 6. 0 of current Mo∣ney in Genoa, how many Crownes of the Sunne I shall have in Lions? First reduce the said summe of Livers of current Money into Li∣vers of Money of Gold, by the former rules, dividing by Sol. 90. the price of the Crowne of Gold in current Money, and they will make Crown. 8288. 1. 4. which must be multiplyed by Li. 3. 8. 5. the price of the Crowne in Money of Gold, and it will co•…•… to Li. 28179. 8. 6. the which divided by Sol. 59. 9. the price of the Crown. of the Sunne, it will be Crown. 9432. 8. 10. And so many Crow. of the Sunne will Lions give for those Livers of current Money, as above is propounded. Example.

Page 101

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule will appeare, when this parcell shall be * 1.195 rechanged backe from Lions to Genoa.

CHAP. CCCLXIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Genoa with Millan.

GEnoa doth exchange with Millan, and giveth 1 Cro. of Livers * 1.196 4 of current Money, to have in this place pos•…•… Sol. 118 〈◊〉〈◊〉; I would know then, for Livers 3850. 14. 8. of current Money, what credit shall Genoa have in Millan? First, take the quarter of the said summe of Livers, to make the same into Crow. of Livers 4, and they will make Cro. 962. 13. 8. the which must be multiplyed by Livers 5. 18. 6d. per Crow. which are the said Sol. 118 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and they will make Li. 5703. 17. 11d. And so much shall the said credit be in Millan, as doth appeare by the Example in the work following. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account will more evidently appeare, when * 1.197 this parcell is rechanged for Genoa from Millan.

Page 102

CHAP. CCCLXV.

Of the Exchange of Genoa with Venice.

GEnoa doth Exchange with Venice, and giveth one crowne of Livers 4 current money, to have in Venice posito 146½ Sol. de * 1.198 Banco and of that money. I demand for lib. 8340. 12. 0. current Money of Genoa, how many Ducats de Banco of lib. 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per du. shall one have credit in Venice: to doe this then first take the ¼ of the said summe of Livers to reduce them into Crownes of 4 Lib. and they will make crow. 2085. 3. 0, the which multiply by Lib. 7. 6. 6. per cro. which are the said Sol. 146 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and of the Product thereof will come Lib. 15273. 14. 6. which must be reduced to Duccats, dividing them by 124, the price of the Ducat of 6 Lib. 4 Sol. and multiplying the rest of the Division by 24, to bring them into Grosses, because that 24 Grosses maketh one Duccat, and by thus working, the same will bee Ducats 2463. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and so many Duccat of Lib. 6⅙ shall you have credit in Banco for at Venice, as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is seene, when Venice doth Exchange backe for Genoa this said summe. * 1.199

Page 103

CHAP. CCCLXVI.

Of the Exchange of Genoa with Naples.

GEnoa doth Exchange with Naples and giveth posito 66⅔ Sols * 1.200 of current money, to have in this place one Du. of 5 Ta∣ries, I demand then for liv. 4486. 3. 4 current Money, how many Duc. in credit shall I have in Naples?

First reduce all the said summe of Livers with the said lib. 66 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of current Money into Deniers, multiplying the Livers by 20, and the Sols that come thereof by 12, doing the same by the Sols, of the price of the Exchange, multiplying the same by 12, and by the Division thereof, it will make Duccats 1345, and multiplying the remainder of the Division by 100, by reason that 100 Grains doth make one Duccat, and there will come Gra. 85, which are worth 4 Taries, and Gra. 5, seeing, as hath beene before remem∣bred, that 1 Tarie is in Naples 20 Grains, and by thus working, it will make Duccats 1345. 4. 5, and so much shall the credit bee in Naples, as by the Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when Naples shall Exchange backe with Genoa. I could much more inlarge the Exchanges pra∣ctised * 1.201 at Genoa with other places, but for brevity I willingly o∣mit the same, and therefore now come to the Commissions and Or∣ders given in matters of Exchanges at Genoa.

Page 104

CHAP. CCCLXVII.

Of Orders and Commissions given and received for Draughts and Remittances in Genoa.

ACcording to my proposed method, I will here adde one or two Examples of the Orders and Commissions, * 1.202 given and received in Draughts and Remittances at Ge∣noa.

First then posito from Venice, there is order given to Genoa, to remit to Venice, and to prevaile for Milan, at such a price that the Draught from Milan to Venice, comes but to 148 s. cleare of all charges, now then there doe present Bils for Venetia, at 149, and money for Milan at 148, I demand if at these prices, the said Commission may be performed, to doe which, say by the Rule of Three, If Sols 148 of Venice give at Milan, Sols 117, being the price of the Crowne of the said Milan, what will Sols 149 give, the price of the crowne of Livers 4 Lib. at Genoa, and it will come to 117¾ Sol. the which without deduction of provi∣sion, is apparent that the Commission cannot be performed, because that the remitting to Venice at 149, the Draught cannot bee made for Millan at more then 117¾ besides the provision, and the parti∣do is found at 118 Sols, as the Example sheweth. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe to Genoa commeth order from Antwerpe to buy some Velvets, and to prevaile for the same by Placentia, at such a price, * 1.203 that the Palme of Velvets in Genoa, amount not (being bought) to more than Sol. 8½ money of Grosse, and the Draught for Placentia

Page 105

at Gross. 123. Now there is found Velvets at 72¼ Sols the Palme, and Money for Placentia at Sol. 88. in current Money: I demand then, if at these prices the said Commissions may be effected: to know which, say by the Rule of Three, If Gross. 123. the price of the Cro. of Marc. give at Genoa, Sol. 88. what will Gross. 102. which are the said Sol of 8½ of Grosses give? and it will come to Sol. 72. 11. so that as it will appeare, the said Commission may be performed to benefit, because that in drawing for Placentia at Sol. 88. the Velvets may be bought at 72 Sol. 11. Den. the Palme, and it is found at 72¼ Sol. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

CHAP. CCCLXVIII.

Of the termes of payment of Bills of Exchange in Genoa.

From Genoa the termes of Bills are

  • TO Venetia at 15 dayes sight, and at 10 dayes backe. * 1.204
  • To Avignon at 15 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Barselona at 20 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Valentia at 20 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To London at 3 moneths from the date, and so backe.
  • To Millan at 5 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Rome at 10 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Pisa at 5 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Gaietta at 10 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Bridges and Antuerpe at 10 dayes fight, and thence at 2 moneths from the date.
  • To Paris the same as to Bridges and Antuerpe.
  • To Naples and Palermo at 15 dayes sight, and backe at 20 dayes sight.

And thus much shall serve for the Exchanges practised at Genoa, together with the Commissions given and received there, and so pro∣ceed to the next eminent place of Exchanges, Venetia.

Page 106

CHAP. CCCLXIX.

Examples of the Exchanges practised at Venice, and how the same are to be calculated.

I Have shewed the generall Exchanges used in Venice, and with how many other places, this city is found * 1.205 to Exchange withall, and there also shewed at large the common rates & prices the same is found there to governe, which notwithstanding is so subiect to alteration, that the prices there mentioned, cannot bee admitted for a setled rule, and certaine rate, yet so farre it is conducible in it selfe to the understanding hereof, that the same may serve as an undoubted method in the calculation thereof, either in the Draughts or Remittances, Orders or Commissions, that may fall with∣in the limit of the Exchanges of this city, the working of which rules now remaineth to be handled, observing the same onely with such principall places, as are most notable, which being well un∣derstood will serve as guides to find out what else is here by mee for brevity willingly omitted.

To give first then introduction thereunto, it is to bee noted, * 1.206 that Merchants and Bankers here doe keepe their account by seve∣rall methods, and denomination, some in Duccats and Grosses of Livers 6⅕ the Duccat, the which they summe by 24, because that 24 Grosses are worth one Duccat: and others keepe the same by Livers, Sols, and Grosse, which are worth ten Duccats the Liver, which is summed up by 20 and by 12, making 20 Sols of Grosse to be one Liver, and 12 Deniers one Sol.

Again it is to be noted, that some few yeers past, the Moneycur∣rent paid in paiment of Merchandise, & the Money current paid up∣on B•…•…ls of Exchange was of one and the selfe-same goodnesse in value, or little in difference, but now the moneyes paid upon Bils of Exchange, is found to exceed the former 20 in 21 per cent. and is commonly now called in Banco, as the other is called the current Money, and therefore when moneyes by Exchange is men∣tioned, it is understood to bee in Banco, as the best and prin∣cipall.

Page 107

CHAP. CCCLXX.

Of the Exchanges of Venice with Lions.

VEnice doth Exchange with Lions, and giveth posito duccats 119 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Livers 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have in Lions Crow. 100 of gold of the * 1.207 sunne: I demand for ducc. 4238 1/11, how many Crownes of the sunne shall I have in Lions? to doe this, say by the Rule of three: If ducc. 119⅖ give 100 crow. of the sunne of gold, what will ducc. 4328 1/11 give me, which being done, accordingly as I have heretofore often mentioned, it will come to crow. 3459, and multiplying the remainder of the division by 20 to make them sols of gold, and then by 12 to make them deniers, it will come in all to crow. 3549. 9. 8. of gold of the sunne, and so much shall you have credit in Lions for the said summe of duccats 4238 1/12 of livers 6. 4. sols per duccat, as may be seene by the following Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Rule is seene when that Lions doth Ex∣change * 1.208 backe with Venice.

Page 108

CHAP. CCCLXXI.

Of the Exchanges of Venice with Placentia.

VEnice doth Exchange with Placentia, and giveth posito ducc. * 1.209 134½ of livers 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have in Placentia 100 Crow of marke: I demand for duccats 1450 17/24, how many Crownes of marke? first reduce the said ducc. 134½ into grosses, multiplying them by 24, and adding 12 grosses, for the halfe duccat, and it will make gross. 3228, in like manner you must reduce the said duccats into grosses, in multiplying them by 24, and adding of 17 gross. for the 17/24 (it being the same to say one grosse, as 1/24) and it will be grosses 34817, saying then by the Rule of three, If grosses 3228 give Crow. 100, what will grosses 34817 grosses give, and it will come to Crow. 1078, and multiplying the rest of the division by 20 to make them sols of gold, and by 12 to make them deniers, it will be found to make in all Crownes 1078. 11. 10. of gold of marke, and so much you shall have in Placentia for the said Duccats 1450 17/24 of lib. 6. 4. sh. as by the Example following. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Rule is more apparent when Placentia doth exchange backe with Venice. * 1.210

Page 109

CHAP. CCCLXXII.

Of the Exchanges of Venice with Rome.

VEnice doth Exchange with Rome, and giveth Duccats 100 of 6 lib. 4 sh. to have in that place posito Cro. 73 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of gold de Ca∣mera * 1.211 for ducc. 1157½, I would know how many Crow. shall Venice have in Rome: you must multiply the said summe of ducc. at the said price of Crow. 73½ per cent. and out of its product, cut off the two last figures, the which multiplied by 20 and by 12, to make them sols and deniers of gold, and it will make Crowns 850. 15. 3. of gold of estampe, and so much credit shall Venice have in Rome, as is apparent by this Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account is more apparent, when this parcell is Exchanged from Rome backe to Venice. * 1.212

CHAP. CCCLXXIII.

Of the Exchanges of Venice with Naples.

VEnice doth Exchange with Naples, and giveth 〈◊〉〈◊〉 〈◊〉〈◊〉 * 1.213 of lib. 6.⅕ to have in the said place posito ducc. 97 〈◊〉〈◊〉 ries 5 per duccat. I demand then for duccats 1850 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of •…•…∣nice, how many duccats credit shall I have in Naples? multi∣ply the said summe of duccats by graines 97¼ per ducc. and of the product will come graines, out of which cut off the two last figures, to make them Ducc. because (as hath beene said before) one

Page 110

duccat is worth 100 graines, and it will make ducc. 1799, and gra. 32, which are one Tarie and graire 12, and so much credit shall you have in Naples, for the said summe of ducc. of Venice, as by Example shall appeare. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account will appeare when this is rechanged from Naples to Venice: and note, that when Venice doth Exchange * 1.214 with Bary, Lecchie, Lausano, or other parts of the Kingdome of Na∣ples, the account is made as above with Naples it selfe.

CHAP. CCCLXXIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Venice with Florence:

VEnice doth Exchange with Florence, and giveth ducc. 100 of lib. 6⅕ to have in Florence posito 81½ C•…•…w. of gold, I demand * 1.215 then for duccats 2500 what credit s•…•…ll Venice have in Flo∣rence: to doe this, multiply the said summe of ducc. at the above∣said price of Crow. 81½ per cent. and from the product cut the 2 last figures, multiplying the same by 20 and by 12, to make the same sols and deniers of gold, and they will make Crow. 2037. 10 sols of gold of Florence, as by Example will more manifestly appeare. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when this summe is rech •…•…n∣ged from Florence to Venice. * 1.216

Page 111

CHAP. CCCLXXV.

Of the Exchanges of Venice with Millan.

VEnice doth exchange with Millan, and giveth posito Sols 148½, * 1.217 to have in Millan one Crowne of Livers 5, and 17 Sols of that Money: I demand, for Ducc. 1486¼ of Li. 6⅕, what credit in Livers shall Venice have in Millan? First multiply the said summe of Ducc. by 124 Sol. the value of the Ducc. of Li. 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and it will make Sol. 184295. the which divide by Sol. 148½, to see how much the Crownes of Millan are worth, and multiplying the remainder of the division by 20 and by 12, to make them Sols and Deniers of Gold, and they will make Crow. 1241, and 10 Deniers, the which multiplyed by Li. 5. 17. the price of the Crow. to make them Livers, beginning to multiply the Livers 5 by the 10 Deniers, which are worth the Crowne, and then with the Sols, if any be, calculating for 12 Deniers 1 Sol, and for 20 Sols 1 Liver, and of the product thereof will come Li. 7260. 1. 10. And so much credit shall Venice have in Millan, for the said Duccats 1486¼ of Livers 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Venice; as by the Example following. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is seene, when Millan doth exchange * 1.218 with Venice.

Page 112

CHAP. CCCLXXVI.

Of the Exchanges of Ven•…•…ce with Antwerpe.

VEnice doth exchange with Antwerpe and giveth one Duccat * 1.219 of Livers 6⅕ to have in that place posito Grosse 92 , I de∣mand then for Duc. 3810¾, how many Livers Grosse shall Venice have credit in Antwerpe, you must multiply the said sum of Duccats by the said Gross. 92½, and it will make Gross. 352494, out of which, take 1/12 to make the same Sols of Gross. and they will be Sols 29374, and Gross. 6, the which must bee reduced into Li∣vers, by cutting the last figure, and by taking the of the rest, and it will come to be Livers 1468, and the tenth that is remai∣ning is ten Sols, and adding 4, the figure cut off, shall bee 14 Sol. so in all 1468. 14. 6, which Antwerpe will give, as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is seene when Antwerpe rechangeth this summe with Venice, and here it is to be noted, that Venice doth * 1.220 exchange with Colonia, and Amsterdam and the Netherlands, after the same manner as with Antwerpe, and the account is made up as the precedent, whereto needeth no further example for illustrati∣on.

CHAP. CCCLXXVII.

Of the Exchanges of Ven•…•…ce with London.

VEnice doth Exchange with London, and giveth one Duccat of * 1.221 Liv. 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have there posito 56 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pence sterling: I demand then

Page 113

for Duccats 740, how many Livers or Sterling shall Venice have credit in London: this must be done as in the precedent account is shewed of Venice with Antwerpe, and it will come to pounds 173, s. 8. and pence 9, which Venice shall have credit in London, as by the Example more at large appeareth. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is manifested, when London doth re∣change * 1.222 this sum of 173. 8. 9 d. for Venice, and here note, that Vsance from Venice to London is 3 moneths, or 90 daies, and double Vsance the said time doubled, and the like accounted backe from London to Venice.

CHAP. CCCLXXVIII.

Of the Exchanges of Venice with Genoa.

VEnice doth Exchange with Genoa, and giveth posito Sols * 1.223 146½ to have in Genoa one Crowne of 4 Livers mony of Ge∣noa, I demand then for Ducc. 2463½ of Livers 6⅕ how ma∣ny Livers of current mony shall I have credit in Genoa? first reduce the said summe of Ducc. into Sols, multiplying them by 124, the value of the Duccat, and devide the Sols that shall rest of the said multiplication by 146½ to make them Crow. of 4 Livers, and mul∣tiply the remainder of the Division by 20 and by 12, to make them sols and deniers of gold, and they shall be Crow. 2085. 2. 11, which must be multipyed by lib. 4 per Crow. beginning the multi∣plication by deniers, and then by the sols, calculating for 12 de∣niers 1 sol, and for 20 sols 1 liver, and of the product will come livers 8340. 11. 8 current mony, and so much will the credit be in Genoa, as for Example.

Page 114

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when Genoa doth rechang•…•… * 1.224 this parcell for Venice.

CHAP. CCCLXXIX.

Of the Exchange of Venice with Norimberg.

VEnice doth exchange with Norimberg, and giveth Ducc. 100 of Li. 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉, to have in the said place posito Florins 130¼ of 60 * 1.225 Quarent. per Florin. I demand then, for Ducc. 2645 〈◊〉〈◊〉, what credit in Florins must I have in the said place?

Multiply the said summe of Duccats by Florins 130¼ per Cent. and the broken numbers of the multiplication divide by 20, to have an account of the Sols, and of the remainder cut off the two last figures, the which being multiplyed by 20, to bring the same into Sols, and then by 12, to bring them into Deniers; and in doing thus, there will be found Florin. 3210. 18. 8. which must be had in credit at Norimberg for the said D•…•…. in Venice remitted: as by this Example following appeares.

Page 115

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is manifested, when Noremberg shall exchange this summe backe with Venice: and note, that for Augusta * 1.226 and Francfort, the Exchange from Venice is made as with Noremberg, whereto needs no other Examples.

CHAP. CCCLXXX.

Of the Exchanges of Venice with Bergamo.

VEnice doth Exchange with Bergamo, and giveth one Crowne of 7 lib. to have in Bergamo Sols 145½ posito, I demand then * 1.227 for ducc. 4220 〈◊〉〈◊〉, how many Livers will it amount unto? multiply the said summe of duccats by 6 lib. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and it will amount to lib. 26168. 2. 8, of which take the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to make them Crownes, and the remainders divide by 20 and 12, and they will be Crownes 3738. 6. 1. the which must be multipiled by lib. 7. 5. 6. which are the said lib. 145½ sols, and of the multiplication will come lib. 27196. 3. 2, which must be had in credit in the said place of Ber∣gamo, as by this Example following. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 116

The proofe of the said Rule is discerned when this parcell is Re∣mitted * 1.228 backe from Bergamo to Venice, and thus much shall serve to have said of the Exchanges of Venice, a word of the Orders and Com∣missions here practised in matters of Exchanges.

CHAP. CCCLXXXI.

Of Orders and Commissions given and received for Draughts and Remittances in Venice.

ACcording to my proposed method, I will here adde an Example or two of Draughts and Remittances, or∣dered * 1.229 by Commission in the City of Venice, posito: Into Venice commeth Order from Francfort, that they may draw thither at Florins 130, and remit thence to London at 56 pence, not of charges or provision, the partido being for duccats 3500, now there is bills found for London at 57¼ pence, * 1.230 and mony for Francfort at Florins 132 〈◊〉〈◊〉, I demand then at these rates, whether this Commission without breach of Order may be performed? to doe which, say by the Rule of three, (seeing that Ve∣nice giveth the certaine price to both those said two places) If 56 pence starl. give 130 Florins the limitted price, what shall 57¼ pence give, (the price found) and it will make Flor. 132 〈◊〉〈◊〉, from which deduct 10 shil. 7. den. for the provision that is taken at ⅖ per cent. there will remaine Flor. 132. 7. 5, so that thereby the said Com∣mission may be performed with benefit, because that remitting to London at 57¼ pence starl. the draught may be made for Francfort, at Florins 132. 7. 5, and the mony that is found is at Flor. 132. 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as appeareth by this Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 117

Againe, a Merchant of Florence is creditor in Venice posito 2000 * 1.231 Duccats of banco, who ordereth that the same be remitted unto him at Crow. 81½ thence or by the way of Antwerpe at grosse 91¼ and to take the most beneficiall way of the two, and finding, a remit∣tance by both to profit, according to the limitted prices, the order is to take the most profitable of the two, and finding the remit∣tances produce losse, to accept of the least, now then, there are bills found for Florence as I said, at 82½ Cro. and for Antwerpe at 92 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gro. I would know by which the remittance ought to be made, seeing that by both the remittance may be made to profit, and desirous to find out the most profitable, you must say by the Rule of three, if Crow. 81½ give gross. 91¼ the price limited, what shall 82½ Cro. give which is the price found, and it will make grosses 92 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or thereabouts, so that the remittance must be made by Florence straight, because that remitting by that way at 82½ Crow. to make the price, you should remit to Antwerpe at 92 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gross. and there are no bills found but at grosse 92 〈◊〉〈◊〉, as it is seene wrought by this Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe, posito from Lions the Exchange goeth for Venice at ducc. 117 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and for Naples at ducc. 125, I demand giving order to Lions, * 1.232 that at these prices they make draught to Venice, and remit to Na∣ples, at what price then will the remittance come out to be from Venice to Naples, to know which, say by the Rule of three, if duccats 117 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Venice, the price of 100 Crow. of sol of gold of Lions, give at Naples ducc. 125, how many will ducc. 100 give of the said place of Venice, and it will make ducc. 106½ or thereabouts, and so much credit must be had in Naples for ducc. 100 of lib. 6⅕ which are dis∣bursed in Venice, out of which must be deducted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. for the provision that is paid in Lions.

Page 118

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Againe, in the said place of Venice, commeth order from Flo∣rence, to remit to Placentia at ducc. 136, and to prevaile on them at * 1.233 crow. 80 not of charges, the partido being made for 5000 crow. of marke: now the said 5000 crow. of marke, is found for Placentia at ducc. 135, and for Florence may be drawne ducc. 2000 at crownes 80¼: I would know at what price must the rest be drawne, to know which, I must first see for the remittance of the said crow. 5000 of marke, at the price inordered, how many crow. of gold it is at Flo∣rence, and to doe this, multiply the said summe of crownes by ducc: 136 per cent. and they make ducc. 6800, without calculation of provision, seeing that the order is not of charges, you must mul∣tiply them by crowns 80 per cent. and they will be crow. 5440 of gold, and so much the draught will appeare to be for the said crow. 5000 of marke by remittance, and afterwards multiplying the said crowns 5000 by ducc. 135 per cent. the price that is found, it maketh ducc. 6750 to which adding ducc. 27 for the provision at ⅖ per cent. see∣ing that the draught must be made for Florence, and they will be ducc. 6777 out of which, deduct ducc. 2000 which were found to be drawne at crownes 80¼ there will rest ducc. 4777, and for the said ducc. 2000, their disbursement is at Florence crownes 1605 which must be deducted out of crow. 5440, which must be drawne, there will remaine crownes 3835 of gold, which must be drawne, for the which I must be imbursed at Venice, duccats 4777, and to know at what price, say by the Rule of three, if ducc. 4777 give by disbursement at Florence crownes 3835 of gold, which will ducc. 100 give, and it will make crow. 80. 5. 7. of gold, and at this price the said par•…•…ido of ducc. 4777 may be drawne, and the other ducc. 2000 at 80¼ Crow. and so for both these parcels must be drawne Crow. 5440, as is inordred, and there is imbursed ducc. 6777, there being per contra disbursed ducc. 6750 for the remittance of the said Crow. 5000 of marke, at Ducc. 135 per cent. and Ducc. 27 which is imb•…•…rsed over and above, proceeding from the provi∣sion, and in this manner this said Commission will remaine perfor∣med as it was by the Committies inordered as by example, the same will appeare evident, following.

Page 119

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And note, when the said Citie of Venice exchangeth for Naples, Rome, Antuerpe, and London, and that you would know at how much * 1.234 commeth the Money of any one of the said places for Lions or Placentia, the account is made as in the precedent rule of Florence and Placentia, alwayes multiplying the price, by which the Ex∣change goeth for Lions, with the price of the other place from whence it is remitted or drawne: and therefore, for brevitie sake, it is needlesse to propound here any further Example.

CHAP. CCCLXXXII.

Of the termes of payment of Bills of Exchange in Venice.

The termes from Venice

  • TO Naples and Gaietta at 15 dayes sight, and so backe. * 1.235
  • To Palermo & Mesina at 30 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Rome at 10 dayes sight, and so backe.
  • To Florence and Lucca at 20 after date, and 5 dayes sight backe.
  • To Avignon at 45 dayes after date, and thence 2 moneths after date.
  • To Barselona at 2 moneths after date, and so backe.
  • To Valentia at 75 dayes after date, and so backe.
  • To Sivil at 90 dayes after date, and so backe.
  • To Lions for the Faire, and from Faire to Faire.
  • To Bridges and Antuerpe at 2 moneths after date, and so backe.
  • To London at 3 moneths after date, and so backe.
  • To Paris at 2 moneths after date, and so backe.
  • To Genoa at 10 dayes sight, and 15 dayes backe.
  • To Millan at 12 dayes sight, & 20 dayes thence after date.
  • To Constantinople 5 moneths after date, and so backe.

Page 120

CHAP. CCCLXXXIII.

Of Examples upon the Exchanges that are practised in Placentia, and how the same are to be calculated.

I Have shewed in the generall Exchanges of Placentia * 1.236 with how many other places Placentia is found to exchange with, and there also set downe the common rates how the same is for the most part found to go∣verne which every day is so subject to alteration, that no positive rules can be set downe for the same; yet it is in it selfe so beneficiall, that thereby the unexperienced may know how to make up the account thereof, at what rate soever the same be found to be, either in Remittances or Draughts, the which onely now remaineth to be handled, observing the same with so many other Townes, as may be fittest to understand the ground thereof.

It is then first to be noted, that all Bankers and Exchan∣gers * 1.237 here doe keepe their Accounts in Crownes, Solds, and De∣niers of Gold of Marque, which are cast up by 20 and 12, because that 20 Sols of Gold makes a Crowne, and 12 Deniers make a Sol.

CHAP. CCCLXXXIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Lions.

ANd first then, Placentia is found to exchange with Lions, and giveth posito Crownes 85 〈◊〉〈◊〉, to have at Lions 100 Crownes * 1.238 of the Sunne of Gold; I demand then, for Crownes 1516. 12. of Marc. what will be due to me in Lions? To doe which, say by the Rule of Three, If Crownes 85½ of Marc. give 100 Crownes of the Sunne, what will the said Crownes 1516. 12. give? and it will come to Crownes 1773. 16. 0. of Gold of the Sunne: And so much will be due to me in Lions, for the said summe of Crownes of Marc; as by Example following.

Page 121

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Rule is seene, when that Lions doth exchange * 1.239 with Placentia.

CHAP. CCCLXXXV.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Genoa.

PLacentia exchangeth for Genoa, and giveth one Crowne of Marc. * 1.240 to have posito Sols 67. 10 Money of Gold in Genoa; I demand then, for Crow. 723. 14. 3 of Marc. how many Livers of current Money shall I have in Genoa? First multiply the said Cro. of Marc. by Li. 3. 7. 10 per Crow. which are the said 67 Sols, 10 Den. beginning to multiply the said Li. 3. by 3 Den. and afterwards by Sols 14, which are with the Crow. calculating for 12 Den. one Sol, and for 20 Sols one Liver, and of the product will come Li. 2454. 11. 9. Money of Gold, which must be divided by 68 Sols, the price of the Crowne of Gold, in Money of Gold, to bring them into Crownes, multiplying the rest of the division by 20 and by 12, to make them Sols and Deniers, and they will make Crow. 721. 18. 9 of Gold, which must be multi∣plyed by Li. 4½ per Crow. the present price of the Crow. of Gold in current Money, and it will make Li. 3248. 14. 4. And so much in cur∣rent Money I shall have in Genoa for the said Crow. 723. 14. 3 of Marc. As by Example.

Page 122

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account is seene, when Genoa exchangeth * 1.241 for Placentia.

CHAP. CCCLXXXVI.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Rome.

PLacentia exchangeth with Rome, and giveth 100 Crownes of Gold * 1.242 of Marc. to have in that place posito Crownes 99 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Gold of Estampe; I demand then, for Crownes 1385. 15 of Marc. how many Crownes of Estampe shall Placentia have credit for in Rome? To doe which, multiply the said summe of Crow. of Marque by 99¾ per Cent. and taking the remainder of the multiplication, to be divided by 20 Sols, cutting off the two last figures of the production, the which multiplyed by 20, to make them Sols of Gold, and then by 12, to make them Deniers, and they will make Crownes 1382. 5. 9 of Gold. And so much will the credit be in Rome: as by the Example following.

Page 123

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account is seen•…•…, when that Rome doth exchange backe for Placentia.

CHAP. CCCLXXXVII.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Florence.

PLacentia doth exchange for Florence, and giveth 100 Crownes * 1.243 of Marc. to have in that place posito Crownes 110½ of Gold: I demand, for Crownes 4500. 10 of Marc. how many Crownes of Gold shall I have in Florence? To know which, working accor∣ding to the preceding Example, and Rule of Placentia with Rome, and I finde it giveth Crownes 4973. 1. 0. of Gold, which Placentia must have credit for in Florence: as for example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is discerned, when Florence doth re∣change * 1.244 for Placentia.

Page 124

CHAP. CCCLXXXVIII.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Palermo.

PLacentia doth exchange with Palermo, and giveth Crow. 100 of * 1.245 Marc. to have in Palermo posito Ducc. 132¾ of Taries 5 per Ducc. I demand then, for Cro. 2573. 12. 4 of Marc. what credit shall Placentia have in Palermo? To doe which, you must multiply the said summe of Crownes by Graines 132¾ per Cro. seeing as hath been said, it is alike so many Graines per Crow. as so many Duccats per 100 Crownes, and of the product will come Graines; the which to turne to Duccats, you must cut off the two last figures, and there will re∣maine Ducc. 3416. and the Graines 47, which are the two last cut figures, which are 2 Taries and 7 Graines: so that for the said Crow. 2573. 12. 4 of Marc. Placentia shall have credit in Palermo Ducc. 3416. 2. 7 d. As for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account is discerned, when that Palermo * 1.246 is seene to rechange for Placentia. And note, that when the said * 1.247 place doth exchange with Mesina in this Kingdome, the account is made as above with Palermo, the price and rate is onely found to differ, and to be either higher or lower.

CHAP. CCCLXXXIX.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Venice.

PLacentia doth exchange for Venice, and giveth Crownes 100 of * 1.248 Marc. to have in the said place Ducc. 134½ more or lesse, of Livers 6⅕ per Ducc. I say in Banco, I demand, for Crow. 1078. 12 of Marc. how many Duccats shall it make in Venetia? Multiply

Page 125

the said summe of Crownes by Ducc. 134½ per Cent. and the remain∣ders of the multiplication are to be divided by 24, to bring them into Grosses, and from the product cut off the two last figures, which are to be multiplied by 24, to make them Grosses, and it will make Ducc. 1450 17/24 of Livers 6⅕ per Ducc. And so much will Placentia have in Venetia, for the said summe of Crownes of Marc. As by this Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account is discerned, when that Venetia is * 1.249 found to rechange for Placentia.

CHAP. CCCXC.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Milan.

PLacentia doth exchange with Milan, and is found to give one * 1.250 Crow. of Marc. to have in the said place posito Sols 133⅔; I de∣mand then for Crow. 1450. 15. 6 of Marc. how many Livers ought I to have in Milan? Multiply the said Crownes by Livers 6. 13. 4. per Crow. which are the said Sols 133⅔, beginning to multiply the 6 Livers by the 6 Deniers, and then by the 15 Sols which are with the Crow. of Marc. calculating for 12 Deniers one Sol, and for 20 Sols one Liver, and they will make li. 9671. 16. 8. which Placentia must have in Milan: As by Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account is seene, when Milan doth exchange * 1.251 backe with Placentia.

Page [unnumbered]

CHAP. CCCXCI.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Naples.

PLac•…•…ia doth exchange with Naples, and giveth one Crowne of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have in Na•…•…les Carlins posito 29½; I demand, for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 2400. 10. •…•…0. of Marc. what credit in Ounces shall I have in Naples? Multiply the said Crownes by 29½ Carlins per 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and take the rest of the multiplication to be divided by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 •…•…o the end to make them Graines, and they will make Carlins 〈◊〉〈◊〉 •…•…15, Graines 9. the which to reduce to Ounces, you must cut off the last figure, and take ⅙ of the rest, and it will be Ounces 1180. and the tenth of the remaining Carlins is to be added to the 5 Car∣lins, which is the figure cut off, and they are Carlins 15, which are Taries 7, and there will remaine 1 Carlin, with the 9 Graines, which are Graines 19, and in all are Ounces 1180. 7. 19. to which adde one Carlin per Ounce for the good Money, which is done as hath beene before shewed, when Naples doth exchange with Palermo, and it will make Ounces 1199. 28. 1. And that is the credit that shall be due in the said Naples, good Money being therein com∣prised, as by this Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when Naples doth exchange * 1.252 with Placentia. And note, the account is the same, when Placentia * 1.253 doth exchange with Barri and Lecchie in this Kingdome, the rates onely altering.

Page 127

CHAP. CCCXCII.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Sivil.

PLacentia is found to exchange with Sivil, and giveth one * 1.254 Crowne of Marc. to have in that place posito 428 Marvedes; I demand then, for Crow. 815. 5. 6 of Marc. what credit in Marvedes shall Placentia have in Sivil? Multiply the said summe of Crownes by 428 Marved. the Crowne, and it will make Marvedes 348937, and adding ½ per Cent. for the Aggio of the Monyes, at 5 Marvedes per Mill. and they make Marvedes 350681. And so much credit shall Placentia have in Sivil: as for example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when that Sivil doth rechange for Placentia.

CHAP. CCCXCIII.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Valentia.

PLacentia doth exchange with Valentia, and is found to give * 1.255 one Crowne of Marc. to have in Valentia 23⅓ Sols posito: I demand, for Crownes 926. 19. 2 of Marc. how many Livers shall I have in Valentia? To doe this, multiply the said summe of Crownes by Livers 1, 3, 4 d. per Crow. which are the said 23 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Sols, beginning the multiplication by the Deniers, and then by the Sols which are with the Crownes, and they will make Livers 848. 2. 4 d. And so much shall Placentia have credit in Valentia. Ex∣ample.

Page 128

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Note, that when Placentia doth exchange with Barselona and * 1.256 Saragosa, the account thereof is made up, as the above-mentioned exchange from Placentia to Valentia. And the proofe of the said Rule is apparent, when that Valentia shall exchange backe for Pla∣centia. * 1.257

CHAP. CCCXCIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Antuerpe.

PLacentia doth exchange with Antuerpe, and giveth one Crowne of Marc. to have in Antuerpe posito 124 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Grosses; I demand, * 1.258 for Cro. 700. 15. 0 of Marc. how many Livers of Grosses shall I have in Antuerpe? You must multiply the said summe of Crownes by 124 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Grosses per Crow. and it maketh Grosses 87243, from which you must take 〈◊〉〈◊〉, to make them Sols, and then it is 7270, and Gross. 3. which reduced to Livers, cutting off the last figure, and by taking ½ of the rest, and it will make Livers 363, and the tenth that remaineth is worth 10 Sols, and then 3 Grosse. And so much will the credit appeare to be in Antuerpe: as by example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Rule is seene, when Antuerpe doth rechange * 1.259 for Placentia.

Page 129

CHAP. CCCXCV.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Bergamo.

PLacentia doth exchange with Bergamo, and giveth 100 Crownes of Marc. to have Crownes 123¼ posito, more or lesse, of Li∣vers * 1.260 7 per Crowne. I demand, for Crownes 740. 4. 8. how many Livers credit shall I have in Bergamo? To doe which, first multiply the said summe of Crownes of Marc. by the said Crownes 123¼, and the remainders divide by 20, to keepe account of the Sols, and from the product cut off the two last figures, which must be multiplyed by 20 and by 12, to make them Deniers and Sols of Gold, and they shall be Crownes 912. 6. 8. which to reduce into Livers, multiply by seven Livers, the value of the Crowne, begin∣ning to multiply the said 7 Livers by the Deniers 8, and then by the Sols 6, which are with the Crownes, calculating for 12 De∣niers one Sol, and for 20 Sols one Liver, and it maketh li. 6386. 6. 8. which must be had in credit at Bergamo. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when Bergamo doth rechange * 1.261 this parcell for Placentia.

Page 130

CHAP. CCCXCVI.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Lucca.

PLacentia doth exchange with Lucca, and giveth 100 Crownes of Marc. to have in Lucca posito 117½ Crownes of Livers * 1.262per Crowne; I demand then, at this rate, for Crownes 406. 10. 10 of Marc. how many Crownes of Li. 7½ shall I have credit in Lucca? First multiply the said summe of Crownes of Marc. by Crownes 117½ per Cent. and of the product cut off the two last figures, which multiplyed by 20, and by 12, to bring them into Sols and Deniers of Gold, and they will make Crownes 477. 13. 8. And so many Crownes of Livers 7 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Crowne shall I have at Lucca. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Exchange serveth to know how to make the * 1.263 account, when Lucca exchangeth with Placentia, being done by the Rule of Three, saying, If Crow. 117 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give 100 Crow. of Marc. how much will 477. 13. 8 Crow. give? and it will be 406. 10. 10 Crow. of Marc. And this is to be observed in the proofe of the rest, according to former mentioned rules.

Page 131

CHAP. CCCXCVII.

Of the Exchanges of Placentia with Francfort.

PLacentia doth Exchange with Francfort, and giveth Crownes * 1.264 100 of Marc. to have here Crow. 110 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 93 Quarentines per Crowne: I demand for 800 Crownes of Marc. how many Florins of 60 Quarentins per Flor. shall I have in Francfort. Multi∣ply the said Crow. 800 by Cro. 110½ per cent. cutting off the two last figures, the which multiply by 20 and by 12, to make them Sols and Deniers of Gold, and it comes to 884 Crownes of Quarentines 93, the which to make Florins, must be multiplied by 93 Quaren∣tines, and they are 82212 Quarentines, from which cut off the last figure, and take ⅙ of the rest, and they then doe make Florins 1370, and the tenth remaining, with the 2 Quarentines, which is the fi∣gure cut off, and it maketh 12, from which taking 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to make them Sols, by reason that 3 Quarentines make one Sol, and they are Florins 1370, and Sols 4, which is the credit that must be ren∣dred in Francfort, as shall appeare by example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe hereof appeareth when Francfort Exchangeth for * 1.265 Placentia, and thus much shall serve for the Exchanges practised a Drotura from Placentia.

Page 132

CHAP. CCCXCVIII.

Of Orders and Commissions given and received for Draughts and Remittances in Placentia.

ACcording to my method proposed, I will here adde some examples of Draughts and Remittances made * 1.266 by Order and Commission, in this place of Placentia, wherein I will somewhat inlarge my selfe by reason that it is the most noted and eminent place of Ex∣changes at this day practised in the world.

To Placentia then is order given, to remit to Venice at Duc. 134 or to Florence at Crowns 110½ where the benefit shall appeare to be * 1.267 most, that is to say, that finding to remit to one of the said two places, with benefit of the limited prices, the remittance be made thither where most will be given, and if the Remittance be found to be made with losse, to that which will give the least: for Florence then there is found at Cro. 111⅖, and for Venice at Duc. 135: I de∣mand whither ought the Remittance be made, for to both the Re∣mittance is found to be with profit, and to know where the grea∣test gaine will be, I say by the rule of three, If Duc. 134 give 110½ the inordered price, what will 135 Duc. give, the price found, it will make Cro. 111 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or circa, so that there is more profit to make the Remittance to Florence, because that remitting at Duc. 135, to make the Par, the Remittance should be for Florence at Cro. 111 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and the partido found is 111 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cro. as for Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 133

Again, at Placentia there is order received to remit to Antwerpe at Grosses 123, or to Barselona at Sol 24½, where the most advantage * 1.268 shall be found, there is found a parcell for Antwerpe at Grosse 120⅔, and for Barselona at Sol 24, I would know to which must the Remit∣tance be made, seeing that in both places there is losse given upon the prices that are inordered, and to know where is the least, I say by the Rule of Three, if Sols 24½ give Grosses 123, the price inorde∣red, what will 24 Sols give, the price that is found, and it maketh Grosses 120½, so that the Remittance must be made for Antwerpe, by reason that remitting to Barselona at Sols 24, to make the Par, the Remittance should bee made to Antwerpe at Grosse 120 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and it is found at 120 〈◊〉〈◊〉. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

CHAP. CCCXCIX.

Questions upon the Exchanges practised at Placentia.

AT Florence there is Exchange made for Placentia, in expedi∣tion of the Faire, posito at Cro. 109 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and for Venice at Cro. * 1.269 81½, I would know by the said Exchanges, at what price Placentia doth hereby exchange for Venice, to doe which, say by the Rule of Three, If 81½ Cro. of Gold of Florence give at Venice 100 Duc. of Livers 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉, how many will 109 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cro. give, the price of 100 Cro. of Marc. and it will make Duc. 134⅓ of Lib. 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and at that price should Placentia exchange for Venice, where by the way it is to be noted, that it is a thing evident, that exchanges are here made at greater or lesser prices, according to the plenty or scarcity of money to be found, and the rates incertaine, these rules only ser∣ving for instruction to make up the accounts thereof. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 134

Againe at Naples is Exchange made for Placentia in expedition * 1.270 of a Faire there at Duc. 136½, and for Venice at Duc. 1012, I would know by the said Exchanges at what prices should Placentia Ex∣change with Venice: I say by the Rule of three, if Duc. 101½ of Na∣ples give at Venice ducc. 100 at lib. 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 howmany will 136½ ducc. give the price of 100 Cro. of Marc. and it will appeare to make Ducc. 134 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and at that price should Placentia Exchange for Venice, as by Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe, at Venice there is Exchange made for Placentia, in expe∣dition of a Faire at Duc. 133⅔, and for Naples at Duc. 102⅔, I de∣mand * 1.271 by the said parties, at what price should Placentia Exchange for Naples, you must multiplie the said Duc. 133⅔ which is the va∣lue of 100 crow. of marc. by Duc. 102⅔ per cent. by reason that the said Duc. 102 〈◊〉〈◊〉 are the value of 100 Duc. of Venice, and thus wrought, it will make Duc. 137 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or thereabout, and at that price should Placentia exchange with Naples. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe at Naples is exchange made for Placentia, in expedition * 1.272 of a Faire, at Duc. 136½, and for Rome at Duc 137, I demand by the said exchanges, at what price should Placentia exchange with Rome, I say then by the Rule of three, If Duc. 137 of Naples give at Rome Cr. 100 of Gold of Estamp, how many wil Duc. 136½ give the price of 100 Crow. of marke, and thus it will come to Cro. 99 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in circa of Gold of Estampe, and at that price should Placentia exchange with Rome.

Page 135

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Againe at Rome is exchange made for Placentia, in expedition * 1.273 of a Faire, there at Cro. 99 and for Florence at Cro. 90 I demand by the said exchanges, at what price should Placentia exchange with Florence, I say then by the Rule of three, If Cro. 90 of Gold of Estamp, give in Florence Cro. 100 of Gold, what will Crow. 99 of Estampe the value of Cro. 100 of marke give, it will bee Cro. 110, and at that price should Placentia exchange for Florence. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe at Rome is Exchange made for Placentia in expedition of a Faire there at Cro. 99, and for Milan at cro. 86, I demand by * 1.274 the said Exchanges at what prices should Placentia Exchange with Milan, I say by the Rule of three, if cro. 86 of Gold of Estampe give at Milan cro. 100 of lib. 5. 17. 0, what will crownes 99 the price of 100 Cro. of Marc. give, it will bee crownes 115. 2. 3. which being multiplied by Sol 117, the price of the crowne in cutting the two last figures of his product to reduce the exchange to the value of the crowne of Marc. there will remaine Sol 134⅔, and at that price should Placentia Exchange with or for Milan. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 136

Againe, at Milan is Exchange made for Placentia, in expedition * 1.275 of a Faire there, at Sol 133½, and for Genoa at Sol 118 〈◊〉〈◊〉, I de∣mand by the said Exchanges, at what price should Placentia Ex∣change for Genoa? I say by the Rule of Three, if Sols 118⅔ of Milan (the price of the Crowne of 4 lib. of Genoa) give Sols 80, what will Sols 133½ give (the price of the Crowne of Marc. in money of Milan) and it will be 90 Sols of current money, the which without making the reduction into money of Gold, seeing it hath been already said, that 90 Sols of current money is worth 68 Sols of Gold, and at this price should Placentia exchange with and for Genoa. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe at Venice is exchange made for Placentia in expedition of a Faire there, at Duc. 141, and for Lions at 116½, I demand by the * 1.276 said Exchanges, at what price should Placentia exchange for Lions? I say by the Rule of Three, if Duc. 141 of lib. 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Venice give in Placentia Cro. 100, how many will Duc. 116½ give (the value of the Cro. 100 of Gold of the Sun of Lions) and it will bee Cro. 82 〈◊〉〈◊〉 in circa, and at that price should Placentia Exchange with Lions. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

At Placentia there is exchange made for Lions at Cro. 83½, and for Florence at Cro. 113, and from that place we have advice, that * 1.277 they exchange for Lions at Cro. 95⅓, I would know by the said ex∣changes, if it bee beneficiall to remit from Placentia to Lions, and to draw from Florence, by inordering my Factors at Florence to pre∣vaile upon Lions at the said price of Cro. 95⅓, to know which, you must multiply the said Cro. 83½ of Marc. being the price of cro. 100 of the Sun of Gold, by Cro. 113 of Gold per cent. seeing that the said Crow. of Gold are the value of 100 Crownes of Marc. and from the product, cut off the two last figures, and there will re∣maine Cro. 94. 7. 1. to the which adding 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. for the provi∣sions

Page 137

which are paid, the one at Florence, the other at Lions, and they will be Cro. 94. 19. 8. so that it will be profitable, to draw and to remit according to the abovesaid order and manner, be∣cause that at Florence may bee taken by exchange for Lions at Cro. 95 in circa, and finding cro. 95⅓, upon which consideration is to be had, what the moneyes of Florence may doe by exchange for Lions, which thus I work by example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Now for the termes of paiments of Bils of Exchanges in Placen∣tia, it is expressed in the trade of that city in Chapter 383.

And this shall suffice to have said of the Exchanges practised at Placentia, where by reason of the great and continued practises here daily made for vast summes, I have somewhat more then or∣dinarily inlarged my selfe, and so I proceed to the next place of exchanges, which is Florence.

CHAP. CCCC.

Of Examples of Exchanges practised at Florence, and how the same are to be calculated.

I Have shewed in the generall Exchanges of Florence, * 1.278 with how many other places the said City is found to exchange with, and there also shewed the common rates, how the same is observed to rule, which every day is so subiect to alter, that no set price can be peremptorily set downe fot the same, yet in it selfe it is so beneficiall, that thereby the ignorant may bee furthered to make his accounts either in Draughts or Remittances: the way of making which accounts, upon this place, now remaineth here to be handled, observing the same with so many other places, as may make a man capable to understand the same, with any of the rest here omitted.

Page 138

And by the way it is observable here, that all Exchangers here * 1.279 doe keepe their accounts in Crownes, Sols, and Deniers of Gold, of Lire or Livers 7½ of that money per Crowne, the which are cast up by 20 and by 12, because that 20 Sols of gold doe make one Crow. and 12 Den. one Sol.

CHAP. CCCCI.

Of the Exchanges of Florence with Lions.

FLorence then is found to exchange with Lions and giveth posito Cro. 95¾ of Gold to have in Lions 100 Crownes of the Sun of * 1.280 Gold, I demand for Cro. 1268. 9. of Gold, how many Crownes of the Sun shall I have in Lions? I say by the Rule of three, if Crow. 95¾ give Cro. 100, what will Crownes 1268. 9. give, and it comes to Crownes 1324, and the remainder of the division being multi∣plied by 20 and by 12 to bring them into Sols and deniers of gold, they will make in all Cro. 1324. 15. of Gold of the Sun, which I should have credit in Lions for the said summe of cro. of Florence, the calculation thereof here followeth. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is seene, when Lions doth exchange with Florence. * 1.281

Page 139

CHAP. CCCCII.

Of the Exchanges of Florence with Placentia.

FLorence doth Exchange with Placentia, and giveth posito 110 * 1.282 ½ Crownes of Gold to have there 100 Crownes of Marc. I demand then for Crownes 4973. 1. 10 of Gold, how many Crownes of Marc. is due to me: first reduce the said Crownes 110½ into Sols of Gold, multiplying them by 20, adding to the multiplication 10 Sols for the halfe Crowne, and they make Sol 2210, likewise reduce the said summe of Crownes of Gold into Sols, and it will be 99461, then say by the Rule of Three, if Sols 2210 give Cro. 100 of Marc. what will Sol 99461 Sols give, to which adding two cyphers for the 100, and then dividing it, will come to Crownes of Marc. and multiplying the rest of the division by 20 and then by 12, to make the same Sols and Deniers of Gold, and they will make Crownes 4500. 9. 11. of marc. and so much must I have credit in Placentia for the said cro. 4973. 1. 0. of Gold of Florence, as by Example calculated. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene, when the exchange is made from Placentia to Florence &c. * 1.283

Page 140

CHAP. CCCCIII.

Of the Exchanges of Florence with Venetia.

FLorence doth exchange with Venice, and giveth posito Crow. 81 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of Gold, to have Ducc. in Banco 100 of Livers 6⅓; I demand * 1.284 then, for Cro. 2037. 10 of Gold, how many Ducc. shall Florence have credit in Venice? To doe which, bring the Crow. 81 〈◊〉〈◊〉 into halfe Crownes, multiplying them by 2, and so in the same manner of the said summe of Crow. of Gold, adding halfe a Crowne for the 10 Sols: then say by the Rule of Three, If the halfe Crownes produced of the price of the Exchange, give at Venice Ducc. 100, what will the halfe Crownes give, proceeded from the said summe of Crow. of Gold? and so by adding 2 cyphers for the 100, and dividing the same, it will make Ducc. 2500, which Florence is to have in Venice; and if there were any remaining of the division, they must be multiplyed by 24, to make them Grosses, because that 24 Gross. make a Ducc. of Lib. 6. 4 Sols. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account is more evident, wh•…•… Venice * 1.285 doth rechange for Florence.

CHAP. CCCCIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Florence with Rome.

FLorence is said to exchange with Rome, and giveth 100 Crownes * 1.286 of Gold to have in the said place posito Crownes 92¼ of Gold of Estampe; I demand then, for Cro. 1600, 2 Sol. 5 Den. of Gold of Florence, how many Crownes of Gold of Estampe shall Florence have in Rome credit for? First multiply the said summe of Crownes of Gold at 92 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per Cent. and multiply the remainder by 20 and by 12, to bring them into Sols and Deniers of Gold, and they make Crownes 1476, 2 Sols, 2 Den. of Gold, which should be had in Rome: as for example.

Page 141

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said Rule is evident, when this partie is re∣changed from Rome to Florence. * 1.287

CHAP. CCCCV.

Of the Exchanges of Florence with Naples.

FLorence exchangeth with Naples, and giveth Cro. 100 of Gold, to * 1.288 have in Naples posito Ducc. 119⅔ of Taries 5 per Ducc. I de∣mand then, for Cro. 780. 15 of Gold, what credit in Ducc. shall Florence have in Naples? To do which, first multiply the said summe of Cro. of Gold by Graines 119⅔ per Cro. because it is so many Graines per Cro. as it comes to be Ducc. for Cro. 100. and they make Graines 93429. of which, cut off the 2 last figures, to make them Duccats, saying that the Ducc. is worth 100 Graines, & they make Ducc. 934. and for the Graines 29, Taries 1, and Graines 9. And so much credit shall Florence have in Naples, as by this Example is shewed. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this Rule is manifested, when Naples is seene to * 1.289 exchange with Florence.

Page 142

CHAP. CCCCVI.

Of the Exchanges of Florence with Antuerpe.

FLorence doth exchange with Antuerpe, and giveth one Crowne of Gold, to have in the said place Gross. 112½ posito. I de∣mand * 1.290 then, for Crownes 1400. 12. 8. of Gold, how many pounds of Gross. am I to have in Antuerpe? To doe this, multiply the said summe of Crownes by the said price of Gross. 112½, and it maketh Grosses 157571. of which, take the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, to make them Sols, and they make Sols 13130, and Grosse 11. which to reduce to pounds, cut off the last figure of the said Sols or Shillings, and take ½ of the rest, and it maketh pounds 656. and for the tenth that is remaining, it is to be accounted 10 Sols; and if the figure cut off had beene any number, it should have beene added to the 10 Sols: and it thus makes pounds 659. 10. 11. Money of Antuerpe. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said Account is seene, when that Antuerpe * 1.291 doth exchange with Florence.

Note, that when Florence doth exchange for London, which is sel∣dome * 1.292 in use, the rule of casting up the same in Sterling Money, is this as above with Antuerpe, in Flemish Pounds.

Page 143

CHAP. CCCCVII.

To reduce Crownes of 7 l. in Florence into Crownes of gold of Lire, 7½.

IF in Florence you would reduce, any summe of Crowns of money of Lire 7 l. per. Cro. into Crowns of gold of Lire 7 l. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you must take the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the Cro: of money, and the remainder will be Crownes of gold.

And if againe you would reduce Crownes of gold into Cro: of money, you must adde contrarily to the Cro. of gold 1/41 and they will be so many Crownes of money, as for example Cro: 3647 12 6 of money of Lire 7 l. pr. Cro: 1/15 243 3 6. Cro. 3404 9 of gold of Lire 7½ pr. Cro. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

CHAP. CCCCVIII.

Of the termes of payment of Bills of exchange in Florence.

THe terme of payment of Bills of Exchange is found to be from Florence:

  • To Naples at 10 dayes sight and from thence at 15 dayes sight.
  • To Rome at 10 dayes sight and so back.
  • To Venice at 5 dayes sight and thence at 20 dayes after date.
  • To Bollonia at 3 dayes sight and so back, and so for Pisa.
  • To Ferrara at 5 dayes sight and so back.
  • To Perugia and Sciena at 2 dayes sight and so back.
  • To Genoa at 8 dayes sight and so back.
  • To Avignon at 30 dayes after date, and thence 45 dayes after date.
  • To Gaietta at 10 dayes sight and so back.
  • To Paris 2 months after sight and so back.
  • To Padova at 5 dayes sight and so back.
  • To Palermo and Mesina at 15 dayes sight and so back.
  • ...

Page 144

  • To Ancona at 10 dayes sight and so back.
  • To Barselona at 2 moneths after date and so back.
  • To Valentia at 40 dayes sight and so back.
  • To Brudges and Antwerpe at 2 moneths after date and so back.
  • To London at 3 moneths after date and so back.
  • To Ceneva at the faires and thence 15 dayes sight back.
  • To Lions to the faire and from faire to faire.
  • To Milan at 10 dayes sight and so backe.
  • To Aquilla and Sermona at 11 dayes sight.
  • To Comerino at 8 dayes sight and so back.

CHAP. CCCCIX.

Of Orders and comissons, given and received for draughts and remittances by exchanges in the City of Florence in Tuscany.

ACcording to my proposed methode, I will here set downe, an example or two of draughts and remit∣tances, * 1.293 made by Order and comisson in Florence.

To Florence then commeth advise from Venice, that the Exchange for the said place of Florence commeth at Cro. 80½ and for Placentia at duc. 135. they inorder in the said place of Venice, that at this rate, they make a remittance to Flo∣rence and draw from Placentia, at how much then will the draught of Florence for Placentia come unto, to do this. * 1.294

Multiply duc. 135½ which is the value of 100 Cro. of marc by Cro. 80½ of gold pr. cent, because the said Cro. of gold is the rate of the duc. 100 of Venice, and it will be Cro. 109 19 from which take ⅖ pr. cent, for the provision paied at Venice, and there will rest Cro. 108 12 10 and so many Cro. of gold, is imboursed at Florence for 100 Cro. of marc for a debt at Placentia, as thus for example: 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 145

Again, one of Venice is creditor in Florence Cro. 3000 of gold, who * 1.295 inordereth that the same be remitted unto him at cro. 81½ or by Placentia at cro. 110, where the most advance & profit shall appeare to be, that is to say, that finding a remittance in both places, to be∣nefit of the price limited, the remittance should be where the pro∣fit and benefit is greatest, and finding the remittance to losse, the remittance be made where the damage is least, there is then Bills found for Venice at Cro. 82¼ and for Placentia at Cro. 110⅚ I de∣mand by which of the two should the remittance be made.

By both the said places there is found a delivery to losse, and to know which of the two is the least, say by the rule of three, If Cro. 81½ give Cro. 110 the price limited, what will Cro. 82¼ the price found give, and it will come to Cro. 111 0 2, so that the remit∣tance should be made by Placentia, because that remitting to Venice, at Cro. 82¼, to runne at the parr: the delivery should be for Pla∣centia at Cro. 111, and the bills is at Cro. 110⅚ Example: 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe one of Rome is debitor in Florence in Cro: 2500 who in∣ordereth that the draught be made at Cro: 91 or by Placentia at Cro: * 1.296 110½ where the most profit shall appeare to be, now there is found mony for Rome at Cro: 92⅕ l. for Placentia, at 109⅙ Cro: I de∣mand, whither should this draught be made, seeing that to both the places, the draughts happen to be to losse in both the limited prices, and to know which is the least of both, say by the rule of 3. if Cro: 92 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the price found for Rome (seeing that Placentia recei∣veth the uncertaine rate from Florence) give Cro: 110½ what will Cro: 91 the price inorderd give, it will make Cro: 109-1-2, so that the draught should bee made for Placentia, seeing that drawing for Rome at Crownes 92⅕, to runne upon a Parr: should be taken for Placentia at the said price at Cro: 109 〈◊〉〈◊〉 or there about, and there is found at more, that is at Cro: 109⅙: as by example.

Page 146

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And so much shall suffice to have sayd of the Orders and Commis∣sons in draughts and remittances by exchange of Florence.

CHAP. CCCCX.

Of the exchanges practised at Milan, and how the same are to be calculated.

I Have shewed in the generall exchanges of Millan, with * 1.297 how many other places, this citty is found to exchange with, and there also set downe the common currant rates thereof, which every day is found so to alter, that no positive rule can bee observed in the same, yet is in it selfe so beneficiall, that therby the unexperienced may know how to make his accounts, either in his draughts or re∣mittances, the way of framing these accounts, now remaineth, ob∣serving the same with some few other, the principall needfull hereunto.

It is also to be noted, that Exchangers do there keepe their ac∣counts, in lire sols and deniers, and cast up by 20 and by 12 because * 1.298 that 20 sols do make a lire and 12 den: a sols.

Page 147

CHAP. CCCCXI.

Exchange of Milan with Lions.

MILAN then exchanges with Lions, and giveth posit: sols 118⅓ to have in sayd place, one crowne of the * 1.299 sunne of gold, I demand then for l. 9258: sol: 5 of Milan, how many crownes shall I have cre∣dit in Lions, first reduce into sols, the sayd summe of Liuers, of Milan, and they make sols 185165, the which must be multiplied by 3 to make them thirds of sols, likewise bring the sols 118⅓ unto thirds, multiplying them by 3 and they make 355, for division of the said summe, and by division it will come to be crownes, and multiplying the remaynder of the division by 20 and by 12, to make them sols and deniers of gold, and they will be crownes 1564. 15. 5 of gold of the sunne, and so much will be had in Lions for the sayd summe of l. 9258: 5 of Milan mony, as by this example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the sayd account is seene when that Lion ex∣changeth with Millan as before. * 1.300

Page 148

CHAP. CCCCXII.

Of the exchanges of Milan with Placentia.

MILAN doth exchange with Placentia, and giveth po∣sito sols 133⅓, to have in Placentia one Crowne of Marc: * 1.301 I demand then for liuers 9671. 16. 8. of Milan, how many crownes of Marc: must I have in Placentia.

First reduce into deniers the sayd 133⅓ sols, multi∣plying them by 12 and adding 4 deniers for the ⅓ of a sol, and they make deniers 1600, and then to reduce into deniers the said summe of Lire, multiply them by 20 and by 12, adding to the multiplica∣tion sol: 16. and deniers 8, which acc. with the liuers, and they make deniers 2321240, the which must be divided by deniers 1600, the price of the crowne of Marc:, and by division they will come to bee crownes, multiplying the rest of the division by 20 and then by 12, to make them sols and deniers of gold, and they make cro: 1450: 15. 6. of Marc: and so much will the sayd summe be in Pla∣centia, example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said rule is manifested when that Placentia ex∣changeth for Millan. * 1.302

Page 149

CAHP. CCCCXIII.

Of the exchange of Milan with Venice.

MILAN exchangeth with Venice, and giveth a Crowne of Liuers of 5: 178. to have in that place, posito 148 l. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 * 1.303 sols: mony of Piccoli, I demand for l. 7260: 10: 0 of Milan, how many Duccats of l. 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 shall I have in Venice.

You must divide the said summe of liuers, by liuers 5: 17, re∣ducing them, and the other price into deniers, and it will be Cro: 1241. 0. 9. the which must be multiplyed by l. 7. 8. 6. the Crown, which are the above said 148 6, beginning to multiply the l. 7 by the den: 9: 4 then by the sols, if there were any with the sayd Crownes calculating for deniers 12, one sols, and for sols 20, one Lyre and they will be l. 9214: 14 mony of Piccoli of Venice, which to be reduced into Duccats, must be divided by l. 6⅕ the valew of the duccate, and it will make ducc: 1486 5/24 of l. 6⅕ and so much shall I have in Venice for the summe above mentioned in liuers of Milan, as by example is more apparent. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the sayd account is seene when Venice doth ex∣change for Milan. * 1.304

Page 150

CHAP. CCCCXIIII.

Of the exchanges of Milan with Rome.

MILAN exchangeth with Rome, and giveth posito * 1.305 Cro: 115½ of l. 5. 17. per Cro: to have in the sayd place Cro: 100 of gold of Estampe, I demand then for l. 7820. 18. of Milan, how many Crownes of gold of Stampe shall I have in Rome.

You must first see for the said summe of Milan Liuers, how many Crownes they will be dividing them by l. 5-17 per Crown, and they make Crowne 1336 18 1, then say by the rule of three, if Cro: 115½ of Milan give in Rome Crowns 100 of Stampe, how many Crownes will the said Cro: 1336. 18 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give, and it will amount to Crownes 1157. 9-9 of gold of Stampe, which will be given in Rome, for the sayd summe of Milan Liuers as abovesaid, example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is seene when that Rome doth exchange with Milan, * 1.306

Page 151

CHAP. CCCCXV.

Of the exchanges of Milan with Naples.

MILAN doth exchange with Naples, and giveth Cro: 100 of l. 5 p. Cro: to have in Naples posito 98½ Duc∣cats, * 1.307 I demand for l. 4314-14-2 of Milan how ma∣ny Duccats shall I have in Naples: first take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the sayd summe of Liuers to reduce them into Cro: of 5 l. and they make Cro: 862 18 10 which must be multiplyed by grains 98 〈◊〉〈◊〉 pr. Cro: seeing it is the same as at Duccats 98 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per 100 Cro: and it makes grains 84999, and cutting off the two last figures, there will remaine duccats 849, and for the two figures cut off which are grains 99, will bee Liuers 40 grains 19 in all duccats 849-4-19 which is to be had in Naples for the said summe of Liuers of Milan, as for example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said account is seene when Naples shall ex∣change with Milan. * 1.308

Page 152

CHAP. CCCCXVI.

Of the exchanges of Milan for Genoa.

MILAN exchangeth with Genoa, and giveth posito * 1.309 sols 118½ to have in Genoa one cro: for 4 l. of that mony, I demand for l. 5703-18-0 of Milan, how many Liuers of currant mony shall I have in Genoa, first reduce the said summe into sols, multiplying them by 20 and adding to the multiplycation the 18 sols which ac∣count with the Liuers, and then of the sols produced, and of the said sols 118½ taken for devisior, bring into ½ sols and deviding the same will become crownes, and the remainder of the devision multiply by 20 and by 12 to make them sols and deniers of gold, and they will make crowns 962-13-8. of l. 4 mony of Genoa, the which to bring into Liuers, must be multiplyed by l. 4 per cro: beginning to multiply, the sayd l. 4. by deniers 8, and by the sols 13 which are with the crownes, calculating for 12 deniers, 1 sol, and for 20 sols one Liuer, it will come to l. 3850-14 8, and so many Li∣vers of mony currant, shall you have in Genoa for the sayd Liuers 5703-18 of Milan. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said rule is seene when that Genoa doth ex∣change * 1.310 for Milan.

Page 153

CHAP. CCCCXVII.

Of termes of payment of Bils of Exchange in Milan.

THE termes of payment found to be in Milan, are obser∣ved to be from thence to * 1.311

  • To Genoa at 5 dayes sight, and so back.
  • To Pisa at 10 dayes sight, and so back.
  • To Florence at 10 dayes sight, and so back.
  • To Venice at 10 dayes sight, and so back.
  • To Paris at 2 mon. after date, and so back.
  • To Bridges & Antwerp at 2 mo. after date, & so back.
  • To Barselona at 20 dayes sight, and so back.
  • To Montpilaer at 20 dayes sight, and so back.
  • To Lions for a Faire, and so from Faire to Faire.

And thus much shall serve to have spoken of the Exchanges of Millan: and now to Orders and Comissons in use in the said place.

CHAP. CCCCXVIII.

Of Orders and Commissons given and received for draughts and remittances in Milan.

ACcording to my proposed method, I will here briefly * 1.312 insert some examples of draughts and remittances made here by Order & Commisson from other places.

From Naples then coōeth Order to Milan, to remit for Plancentia at 133 sol. and to prevaile for Genoa at Sol 118½, the parcell being for 3000 Cro. of marc: Now there are Bills found for Placentia at Sols 131. cōsidering then the benefit, which is found in the remittance, at how much may the draught be for Genoa. Say by the rule of three, If Sol 133 give Sols 118½ the price inorderd, what will 131 give, the price found for Placentia, and it will be Sol 116⅔, and at this price the draught must be made for Genoa, in re∣mitting to Placentia at Sol. 131, and the Comisson will remaine ef∣fected according to the Order given,

Page 154

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe, from Lions is order given to Milan, that they may draw for Lions at Sol, 118, and remit to Venice at Sol. 145, the parcell be∣ing for ducc: 5500 of l. 6⅕ per ducc. there is mony for Lions at Sol. 119, and bills for Venice at Sol. 144⅓ I demand if at these prices, the or∣der may be performed, say by the rule of 3, taking one of the pri∣ces which is found for devisor, by reason that Milan giveth (accor∣ding to my former method) the certaine rule to Venice, and the in∣certaine to Lions, and say, If 144⅓ the price found for Venice, gave Sol. 118, what will 145 the price inordred give, and it will make 118½, so that the said Commisson at the prices found, may be effected to benefit, because that remitting to Venice, at the said price of 144 〈◊〉〈◊〉, the draught may be made for Lions at 118 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and there is mony found at Sol. 119: as by example 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe, from Rome commeth Order to Milan, to draw on them at Cro. 115, and remit to Placentia at 132 Sol, the party being for Cro. 4000, there is bills found for Placentia at Sol 133½, and mo. for Rome at Cro. 11 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉, I demand if at these rates the Commisson may be performed without losse, say by the rule of three, If Sols 132 give,

Page 155

Cro. 115 the price limited, what will 133½ give, the price found for Placentia, and it will come to cro. 116 6 1, so that the comison may be performed to benefit, because that remitting to Placentia at the said price of sol. 133½ the draught may be made for Rome at cro. 116 3/10, and there is found at more that is to say at cro. 116⅔ as per example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And thus much shall serve for the Exchanges of Milan, next is Palermo and Mesina.

CHAP. CCCCXIX.

Of Exchanges practised in Palermo and Mesina and how the same are to be calculated.

I Have shewed in the generall Exchanges of Palermo and Mesina, with how many other places these Cities in Sici∣lia * 1.313 are observed to Exchange with, and there also set downe the common currant Rates, thereof, which eve∣ry day is found so subject to alteration, that no positive rule can be observed in the same, yet it is in it selfe so beneficiall, that thereby the unexperienced may know, how to make his calculation both in his draughts or in his remittances, they way of casting the sum up, is now to be handled, observing the sum heare with some few principall places, which is sufficient for instruction to those others omitted.

First it is to be noted, that in Palermo and Mesina and generally * 1.314 thorow out the Iland of Sicilia the Exchangers keepe their accounts in Ounces, Taries, and Grains, which are cast up by 30, and 20, be∣cause

Page 156

that 30 taries do make an Ounce, and 20 grains make a tarie, and also it is to bee observed, That the duccat is worth taries 13 which is Carlins 26. The Crowne of money is worth taries 12 which is Carl: 24. The florin is worth taries 6 which is Carl: 12.

so that the Tarie is2 Carlins
the Carlin is10 Grains
the Graine is6 Picolis

CHAP. CCCCXX.

Of the Exchange of Palermo and Mesina with Lions.

PAlermo and Mesina doth exchange with Lyons, and gi∣veth * 1.315 posito 28 carlins to have in Lions a crowne of the sunne, I demand then for ounces 2189 25 17, how many crownes must I have in Lions, first multiply the ounces by 30, to make them taries, adding ther∣to the 25 taries, and multiply the taries that will come thereof by 20 to bring them into graines, and adde thereto 17 which are with the ounces, and then they will be graines 1313917, do the same like∣wise with the 28 carlins multiplying them by 10, because the car∣lin is worth 10 graines, and they will bee 280 gr. the which must be taken for divisor against the said graine come from the ounces 2189 25 17, and from the divison will come crownes of the sunne, and multiplying the remainder by 20 and then by 12 to make them sols and deniers of gold, and they will be crow. 4692 11 2, as for example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 157

The proofe of this account is seene when that Lions shall Ex∣change * 1.316 back with Palermo and Mesina.

CHAP. CCCCXXI.

Of the Exchange of Palermo and Mesina with Placentia.

PAlermo and Mesina exchange for Placentia, and give * 1.317 posito carlins 29 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have in the said place one cro. of marc. I demand then for ounces 1180, taries 7, and gr. 19, how many crownes of marc. shall I have in Placentia, herein do as in the precedent ac∣count, multiplying the said ounces by 30, to make them taries, and adde the 7, which are with the ounces, and then multiply, the said taries by 20, to make them graines, and adde the 19 and they will be grains 7081 59 do the same with the said 29½ carlins, multiplying them by 10, to bring them into gra. adding 5 for the ½ carlin, and they make 295 grains, the which taken for di∣visor, against the said summe of grains come of the ounces 1180 7 19, and of the divisor will come cro. of marc. multiplying the re∣mainder by 20, and then by 12, to make them sols, and deniers of gold, and they make cro. 2400 10 9 and so many cro. of marc. shall I have in Placentia for the said summe of Ounces. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said rule is seene when that Placentia doth * 1.318 exchange either for Palermo or Mesina.

Page 158

CHAP. CCCCXXII.

Of the Exchanges of Palermo and Mesina with Naples.

PAlermo and Mesina doe Exchange with Naples, and * 1.319 gives posito pomitos 166½ of 8 picolis to have one duccat of 5 taries, I demand then, for Ounces 1053 taries 6 and 2 gr. how many duccats must I have, first multiply the said summe of Ounces by 30, to make them taries, and then by 20 to make them gr. adding to the multiplication 6 taries, and 2 gr. which accompany the Ounces, and then they make gr. 631922, out of which to make them pomitos, take out the ¼ because that the gr. is worth 6 picolis, and the pomito is worth 8 picolis, of which the 2 picols overplus is the ¼ of 8, and that they make pomitos 473942 which must be di∣vided by the said 166½ the price of the Exchange, reducing them into ½ picolis both on the one and on the other side, and by divi∣sion they will make duccats of Naples, multiplying the remainder by 100, and adding of two ciphers, to bring them into gr. because that the duccat is 100 graines, and the same will be duccats 2846, and for the gr. 49 taries 2 and grains 9 of taries 5 per. duccat which is to be rendred at Naples for the said sum of Ounces of money of Pa∣lermo: Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is seene when that Naples do Ex∣change * 1.320 for either Palermo or Mesina.

Page 159

CHAP. CCCCXXIII.

Of the Exchanges of Palermo, and Mesina, with Venice.

PAlermo and Mesina doe exchange with Venice, and giveth * 1.321 one Crowne, of 12 taries to have in Venice l. 6. 18 posito, I demand for ounces 1486. 26. 10, what credit in duc∣cats shall I have in Venice of l. 6⅕ per duc. first reduce the said oun. into crowns of 12 taries, multiplying them by 30, to make them taries, adding to the multiplication the 26 taries, which are with the ounces, and they make taries 44606, out of which take 1/12, and they then make cro. 3717 taries 2 and gr. 10, which must be multiplied by 138 Sol per cro. which are the said l. 6. 18, and they make Sols 512974¾, which must be divided by 124 the price of the ducc. and it will make ducc. 4136 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and so much shall I have in Venice for the said summe of ounces in Palermo or Mesina. Example, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is to see if 4136 21/24 duccat of l. 6⅕ of Ve∣nice make the said summe of ounces 1486. 26. 10. of l. 6. 18 mony of * 1.322 Venice for one crowne of 12 taries in Palermo or Mesina as above said.

Page 160

CHAP. CCCCXXIIII.

Of the Exchanges of Palermo and Mesina, with Barselona.

PAlermo, and Mesina, Exchanges with Barselona, and * 1.323 giveth one Florin of 6 taries, mony of Palermo, to have in Barselona posito 10½ Sols mony currant of Barselona, I demand then for 300 ounces what credit in liuers is due for the same. First, multiply the said ounces by 5 to make them Florins, the ounce being accounted 5 Florins, and it makes 1500 Florins, the which multiplied by 10½ Sols, per Florin makes Sols 15750, which to reduce to liuers, you must cut off the last figure, and take ½ of the rest, and it will be l. 787. 10, which is due at Barselona, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

For the proofe of the said Rule, as above divide the said livers * 1.324 l. 787 10 by 10½ Sol, to make them Florin, and it is 1500 Flor. and if there were any remainders, they should be multiplied by 6 and then by 20, to bring them into taries and grains, and for to reduce the said 1500 Flor. into ounces, you must take ⅕ for that 5 Flor. make one ounce, and it will come to 300 ounces, the rule thus appearing right and just.

And for the Exchanges of Palermo and Mesina, with Valentia and Saragoza, it is cast up as above, therefore need not insist further as * 1.325 being easily comprehended.

Page 161

CHAP CCCCXXV.

Of Orders and commissons given and received for draughts and remittances in Palermo and Mesina.

ACcording to my proposed methode, I will heare * 1.326 briefly insert some examples of draughts and remit∣tances made by order and commison in Palermo and Mesina from other places: At Mesina, the ex∣change for Lions is found to goe at Carlin 28, and for Placentia at Carlins 33, and from hence there is an exchange for Lions at Cro: 81½, I demand if at these prices, there will be a benefit to remit from Mesina to Placentia, and draw for Lions, to remit from Placentia to said Lions at sayd price of Cro: 81½ say by the rule of 3, if Carlins 33 the valew of a Cro: of Marc: (to re∣duce the exchange to the valew of 100 Cro:) give 100 Cro: of Marc: what will 28 Carlins give, the valew of the Cro of the sunne, and it will be cro: 84 17/20 out of which must be abated ⅔ per cent, for provisions payable ⅓ at Lions, and another ⅓ at Placentia, and there will remaine cro: 84 3/10, and at this price, the remittance may be made from Placentia to Lions, to satisfie that debt, and finding to remite at lesse, that is at cro: 81½, it appeareth playnly to be to profit to draw and to remitt according to the aforesaid Order, in which also lies this consideration, that the mony of Placentia for Lions may also varie from the sayd price, example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe from Venice there is Order given to Mesina, to draw upon them at l. 6. 14, and to remit to Placentia at Carlins 29, the par∣tido being for crownes 2000 of Marc. now there are bills for Pla∣centia

Page 162

found at Carlins 29½, and mony for Venice at l. 6. 12. 6, I demand if at these prices the said comison may be effected, say by the rule of 3, taking one of the prices, that is found for divisor, be∣cause that from Mesina to Venice, it giveth the price certaine, and to Placentia the incertaine, saying thus, if Carlins 29½ the price found for Placentia give sol 134, which are the said l. 6 14. what will Carlins 29 give the price inorderd, and it will make sols 131¾ or thereabout, so that the said comison may not be effected but to losse, seeing that remitting to Placentia at the said price of 29½ Carl. the draught cannot be made to Venice at more then sol: 131¾ and money is not sound but at sols 132½ which are the said l. 6. 12 6 d. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe, from Naples there is an exchange made for Mesina at duc. 118 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and for Placentia at duc. 132⅓. Now there is order gi∣ven in Naples, that at these rates, they draw for Mesina, and that they remit to Placentia, I demand then at how much will the re∣mittance be from Mesina to Placentia, say by the rule of 3. If graines 118 〈◊〉〈◊〉 make disbursed in Mesina Carl: 26, the price of the Cro. of taries 13, how many will 132⅓ graines disbursed be the value of the cro. of marc. It will make Carlins 29 and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a graine, and so many Carlins (and then ⅖ per cent for the provison that is paid at Naples) comes to be disbursed in Mesina for one cro. of marc. of cre∣dit in Placentia.

Page 163

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 And thus much shall serve to have said of the Exchanges that are practised in Palermo and Mesina, to which the whole Iland of Sicilia hath reference.

CHAP. CCCCXXVI.

Of Examples upon the Exchanges that are practised in Barselona, and how the same are calculated.

I Have shewed in the generall Exchanges of Barselona, * 1.327 with how many other places Barselona is found to Ex∣change with, and there also set downe the common rates, how the same for the most part is found to go∣verne, which every day is so subject to alter that no positive rules can be set down for the same, howbeit the same is in it self so availe∣able, that thereby the unexperienced may know, how to make the account thereof, at what rate soever the Exchange is found to bee, either in remittances or draughts, the which onely now re∣maineth to bee handled, observing the same with so many other townes, as may be fittest to understand the ground thereof.

It is then to be noted that Bankers and Exchangers here do keep * 1.328 their accounts in lire, sold, and deniers, which are cast up in 20 and 12, because that 20 sols make a liver, and 12 deniers make a soldo, and it is to be noted that,

The duccat is worth—sold 24

The Crowne is worth—sold 22 * 1.329

The Riall is worth—sols 02

Note also here that the same order which is observed in the Ex∣changes which are made in this City of Barselona, with the other places of Spaine, should bee observed in the Exchanges which are made in Saragosa, Valentia, Sivil and Lisborne, seeing that when

Page 164

the said places of Spaine Exchange the one with the other, alwayes that place which Exchangeth, giveth ducc. 100, to have the more or the lesse, and therefore the money of the place where the Ex∣change is made, must first be reduced into duccats, and multiplying the d•…•…cats which come thereof, (which are of the place to which it Exchangeth) by the price it is worth, for to reduce the same into the money wherein their accounts are there kept, and this conside∣red to abreviate my labour the rules being easie, I shall forbeare to trouble my selfe with any further particulars concerning the said places of Valentia, Saragosa, Sivil and Lisborne.

CHAP. CCCCXXVII.

Of the Exchanges of Barselona with Lions.

BArselona doth exchange with Lions, and giveth posito * 1.330 sols 22 8 to have in Lions one Crowne of the sunne of 3 l. I demand then for l. 8865 12 10 how many Cro. am I to have in Lions, first reduce the said sum of liuers into deniers, multiplying the same by 20, and adding of 12, sols and then by 12 and adding 10 deniers then reduce into deniers the said sol 22 8 d, and they make 272, for devisor, against the some of deniers come of the said livers and multiplying the rest of the devisor, by 20 and by 12 to make them sols and deniers of gold, and they make Crownes 7822 12 6 of gold of the sunne, which is due to have in Lions,

Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this account is manifested when that Lions doth * 1.331 exchange for Barselona.

Page 165

CHAP. CCCCXXVIII.

Of the exchanges of Barselona with Placentia.

BArselona doth exchange with Placentia, and giveth * 1.332 posito sols 23 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have there a crowne of marc. I demand for liuers 1850. 12. 0 how many cro. of marc. shall I have.

First reduce the said summe of liuers into de∣niers, multiplying them by 20, to make them sold, and adde the 12, and then by 12 to make them deniers, and doe the same with the sols 23 〈◊〉〈◊〉 multiplying them by 12, and adding thereto 7 deniers, the deniers come thereof, are to be taken for divisor against the deniers come of the said liuers, and by division they will come to cro. of Marc. multiplying the rest by 20 and by 12 to make them sols and deniers of gold and then they make cro. 1569. 8. 3 of Marc. which is due to be had in Placentia for the said summe of Barselona. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is apparent when that Placentia doth ex∣change for Barselona. * 1.333

Page 166

CHAP. CCCCXXIX.

Of the Exchange of Barselona with Saragosa.

BArselona exchangeth with Saragosa, and giveth 10 * 1.334 duccats of 24 Sol per duccat, to have in this place posito 104 duccats of Sols. 22 per duccat of that mo∣ney, I demand for liuers 6000 of Barselona, how many liuers shall I have in Saragosa, first reduce in∣to Sols the said summe of liuers, multiplying them by 20, and divide the sols comming thereof by sol. 24 the price of the duccat, and it will be duccat 5000, the which duccat 5000 of Barselona, must be multiplied at the said price of ducc. 104 per cent: and from the summe cut off the 2 last figures, the which multiplied by 20 & by 12, to make them sols and den. of gold, will be duc. 5•…•…00 of Saragosa, which must be multiplied by l. 1. 2 sol. the price of the duccat, and they make liuers 5720, which should be rendred in Sa∣ragosa for the said 6000 l. mony of Barselona. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is manifest when that Saragosa doth againe rechange back for Barselona. * 1.335

CHAP. CCCCXXX.

Of the Exchanges of Barselona with Valentia.

BArselona doth exchange with Valentia, and giveth duc. 100 of 24 sols to have in Valentia, posito ducc. 108 of sols * 1.336 21 per. duc. of that money, I demand for l. 7000 money of Barselona, how many l. shall I have in Valentia.

In this you must doe as in the preceding account of Barselona for Saragosa, multiplying the duccats of Valentia, which shall

Page 167

come thereof by liuers 1 1 the price of the duccat, and it will be liuers 6615, and so much will be due in Valentia for 7000 l. delive∣red in Barselona. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is apparent when that Valentia doth re∣change for Barselona. * 1.337

CHAP. CCCCXXXI.

Of the Exchanges of Barselona with Sivil.

NArselona doth exchange with Sivil, and giveth duc. 100 of 24 sol, per. ducc. to have in this place * 1.338 duc. 108 posito more or lesse, of marvedes 375 per. duccat, I demand for l. 7500 how many mar∣vedes must I have in Sivil.

You must do as in the precedent rule of Bar∣selona for Valentia, multiplying the duccats of Sivil which come thereof, by marvedes 375 the price of the duc. and it will make marvedes 2531250 which is due to have in Sivil for the said sum of 7500 l. in Barselona. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is manifested when that Sivil doth re∣change for Barselona. * 1.339

Page 168

CHAP. CCCCXXXII.

Of the exchanges of Barselona with Lisborne.

BArselona doth exchange for Lisborne, and giveth duc. * 1.340 100 of 24 sols per duc. to have in Lisborne duccats posito 113, of 400 Rais per duc. I demand for 4000 l. of Barselona, how many Rais shall I have in Lis∣borne, heare you must do as in the account precedent of Barselona for Sivil, multiplying the duccats of Lisborne, which shall come thereof by 400 Rais per ducc. and they make Rais 1506666, which is due to bee had in Lisborne for l. 4000 in Barse∣lona. Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is apparent when that Lisborne doth re∣change * 1.341 back for Barselona.

CHAP. CCCCXXXIII.

Of Orders and Comisons given and received for draughts and remittances in Barselona.

ACcording to my proposed methode, I will here briefly * 1.342 insert some examples of draughts and remittances made in this City by order and comison from other places.

To Sivil then cometh order from Barselona to

Page 169

draw upon them at duc. 93½ and remit to Placentia at marvedes 413, which of all charges, the partido being for Cro. 3000 of marc. Now there is found money for Barselona at duc. 93, and bills for Pla∣centia at marvedes 413, I demand if at these rates the Comison may be accomplished and performed, you must say by the rule of 3 taking one of the prices, which are found for divisor, because that Sivil giveth to Barselona the certaine, and to Placentia the incertaine price, saying, If duc. 93 the price found for Barselona give marvedes 413, what will duc. 93½ give the price inorderd, and it maketh marvedes 415⅕ out of which deduct ⅖ per cent for provison which is taken, there will remaine marvedes 413 〈◊〉〈◊〉 incirca, so that the said comison may be effected to profit, seeing that drawing to Bar∣selona at the said price of duc. 93, it may be deliverd for Placentia at m•…•…r. 413 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and their present bills at lesse that is at 413 marvedes; as by Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe, In Barselona commeth order from Valentia, that remit∣tance may bee made to them at duc: 108¼, and to prevaile from * 1.343 Placentia at sol 23, the partido made for 3000 Cro. marc. Now there is bills found for Valentia, at duc. 107, I demand then for the losse then that is given by the remittance, at what price may the draught be made for Placentia, say by rule of 3. taking one if the prices found for divisor, because then Barselona giveth the cer∣taine to Valentia, and the incertaine price to Placentia, saying of duc. 107 the price found for Valentia, give sol 23, what will duc. 108 〈◊〉〈◊〉 give, being the price inorderd, and it will come to sols 23¼ and at lesse price cannot be drawne for Placentia, remitting to Valentia at duc. 107 Example.

Page 170

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

CHAP. CCCCXXXIV.

Of the termes of paymen•…•…s of Bills of Exchange in Barselona.

THe termes of payment found accustomed in Bar∣selona is noted to be thence

  • To Venice at 2 mo. after date and so back. * 1.344
  • To Florence at 2 mo. after date and so back.
  • To Avignon at 18 dayes sight and so back.
  • To Bridges and Antwerpe at 50 dayes after date and so back.
  • To Genoa at 20 dayes after sight and so back.
  • To Lisborne at.
  • To Sivill at.
  • To Saragosa at.
  • To Valentia at.
  • To Lions for the faire and so from faire to faire.
  • To Placentia for the faire and from faire to faire.

And thus much shall serve to have said of the exchanges in ge∣nerall practised in Barselona, Valentia, Saragosa, Sivil, and Lisborne in Portugall.

Page 171

CHAP. CCCCXXXV.

Examples of Exchanges practised in Antwerpe, and how the same are to be calculated.

I Have shewed before in the generall exchanges of Ant∣werpe, * 1.345 with how many other places this Citie is found to exchange with, and there also observed the com∣mon currant rates thereof, which in it selfe is found every day so subject to alteration, that no positive rule can be set downe therein, how ever yet the same is so beneficiall to the unexperienced, that he may easily make his calculation there∣by either in his draughts or his remittances; there resteth now to be handled the way, and method how the same is cast up, which I will only observe with such other principall places, as may be sufficient for instruction, and as a guide to rule that which is here omitted.

And the better to understand what shall ensue, it is to be noted * 1.346 that in Antwerpe, Bankers and Exchangers doe keepe their accounts in pounds, shillings and pence Flemish or grosse, which are cast up by 20, and by 12, because that 20 sols or shillings makes a pound, and 12 pence or grosse makes a shilling.

CHAP. CCCCXXXVI.

Of the Exchanges of Antwerpe with Lions.

ANtwerpe doth exchange with Lions, and giveth posito * 1.347 121⅓ grosse to have in Lions one cro. of the sun of gold of 3 l. I demand then for l. 3486. 1. 9 mony of Ant∣werpe, how many crownes must I have in Lions. First reduce the said sum of liuers into grosses, multiplying the same by 20 and then by 12, adding to the multiplications 1 sol. and 9 pence, which are with the pounds, and divide by 121 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gros. the summe of grosses which shall come of the said liuers, reducing both them and other into thirds of grosses, and of the divison will come Crownes, and multiplying the remainder of the divison by 20 and by 12, to make them sols and deniers of gold, they will make cro. 6895. 11. 1 of gold of the sunne, which you shall have in Lions for the said summe delivered in Antwerpe. Example:

Page 172

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of the said rule is seene when that Lions doth ex∣change for Antwerpe. * 1.348

CHAP. CCCCXXXVII.

Of the Exchanges of Antwerpe with Placentia.

ANtwerpe doth exchange with Placentia, and giveth posito gros. 124 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have in Placentia one Cro. of * 1.349 marc. I demand for l. 363 10 3 mo. of Antwerpe, how many Crownes of marc. shall I have in Placentia, first reduce the said summe of liuers into gros. multiply∣ing the summe by 20 and by 12, adding to the multiplycation 10 shil. and 3 pen. which are with the pound, and divide the groses that come thereof by said gro. 124 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the price of the crowne of marc. bringing both the one and the other into halfe grosses, and by di∣vision it will come to Cro. multiplying the remainder by 20 and by 12, to bring the same into pence, and then they will be Cro. 700 14 11 of marc. which will be due at Placentia, for the said summe of liuers or pounds in grosses.

Page 173

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 The proofe of the said account is seene when that Placentia * 1.350 shall exchange with Antwerpe.

CHAP. CCCCXXXVIII.

Of the Exchanges of Antwerpe with Florence.

ANtwerpe doth exchange with Florence, and giveth po∣sito * 1.351 112 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gro. to have in that place one Crow. of gold, I demand for l. 656 10 11, money of Antwerpe how many Cro. of gold do they make, and doing as in the precedent rule, it will appeare to be Cro. 1400 12 7 of gold, which I shall have in Florence for the said pounds Flemish. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 174

The proofe of this said account is seene when that Florence shall be found to exchange with Antwerp.

CHAP. CCCCXXXIX.

Of the exchange of Antwerp with Venice.

ANTWERPE doth exchang with Venice, and giveth posito 92. 〈◊〉〈◊〉 grosse to have in that place one duccat of * 1.352 l. 6⅕ mony of Venice, I demand for l. 1648 14 6, mony of Antwerp, how many duccats shall I have in Venice, and doing as in the precedent accounts, it will come to ducc: 3810 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and so many duccats of l. 6 〈◊〉〈◊〉 will bee due in Venice, Example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The Proofe of this account is seene when that Venice shall ex∣change for Antwerp. * 1.353

CHAP. CCCCXL.

Of the exchanges of Antwerpe with London.

ANTWERPE doth exchange for London, and giveth * 1.354 posito Shill: 33 〈◊〉〈◊〉 to have in that place one pound starlin, I demand for l. 748-18. 6 mo: of Antwerpe, how many pound starlin should I have in London, first reduce as well the said summe of pound starlin as the said summe of pound flemish

Page 175

into grosse and pence, multiplying the pounds by 20, and then by 12, adding the shillings 18. 6d. which are with the pounds flemish, and the shill: flem: 33⅓, multiplyed by 12, adding 4 grosse for 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of a shill flem:, and the grosse which shall come thereof, must be taken for divisor, against the summe of grosses, come of the said pounds, and dividing the summe will come pounds starlin, multiplying the remainder of the divison by 20, and then 12 to make them shillings and pence starlin, they will make pound starlin 449. 7. 1, due in London, for the said summe of pound flemish 748. 18. 6. and for proofe of the said exchange, multiply the said pound starlin 449. 7. * 1.355 1 by 1 l. 13 shillings 4d. which are the said 33⅓ shillings and it will make the above sayd l. 748. 18. 5 pounds flemish so that the account will appeare to be just cast up. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And thus much shall serve to have sayd here of exchanges, now to the terms of payments of bills in Antwerpe.

CHAP. CCCCXLI.

Of the terms of payment of bills of exchange in Antwerpe.

THE terms of payments of bills of exchange observed in Antwerpe, and to go from thence to other Cities is: * 1.356

  • To Venice at 2 mo: after date and so back.
  • To Florence at 2 mo: after date and back the same.
  • To Genoa at 2 mo: after date and thence the same.
  • To Avignon at 2 moneths after date and so back.
  • To Barselona at 50 dayes after date and so back.
  • To Valentia one moneth after sight and back 30 dayes after date.
  • To London one moneth after date and so back.
  • To Pisae 2 mo: after date and so back.
  • ...

Page 176

  • To Milan 2 mo: after date and so back.
  • To Paris one mo: after date and so back.
  • To Montpelier 20 dayes after sight and so back.
  • To Lions for the succeeding faire.
  • To Placentia for the next succeeding faire.
  • To Roven one moneth after date and so back.

Now for the Orders and Comisons given in Antwerp, I will here inserte a word also according to my Methode.

CHAP. CCCCXLII.

Of Orders and Comisons given and received, for draughts and remittances in Antwerpe.

ACCORDING to my proposed methode, for the better understanding of what is said, I will insert * 1.357 some examples of draughts and remittances made by Order and Comison in the Citty of Antwerpe.

At Venice then is found an exchange for Antwerpe posito at gro: 90, and for Placentia at ducc: 135, Order being given to Venice that at these prices, they draw to Antwerpe, and remit to Placentia, I demand at how much will come the remittance from Antwerpe to Placentia, first you must multiply the said duccats 135 * 1.358 the value of 100 Cro: of marc, at the said price of 90 grosse per duc∣cat, and of the grosses which shall come thereof, you must cut off the 2 last figures, and there will remaine grosse 121 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and so ma∣ny •…•…sse and 〈◊〉〈◊〉 •…•…re percent for provison, which is payable in Venice, is disbu•…•…able in Antwerpe for one crowne of marc in credit in Placentia. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe at Venice is exchange found for Antwerpe at gro. 90 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and for London at 56 pence starlin, there is hereupon Order given * 1.359 to Venice, that at these prices, they draw for Antwerpe, and remitt to London, the question is at what price will the remittance bee from Antwerp to London, to do this say by the rule of three, if 56 pence starlin give grosse 90 〈◊〉〈◊〉 (seeing that the one and in the other is the valew of a duccat of Venice, what will 240 pence starlin give being

Page 177

the price of the pound sterlin of London, it will be gros. 387, which reducing to shillings in taking the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and it will be 32¼ shill. and so many shillings Flem. and ⅖ more per cent for the provison paya∣ble in Venice, comes to bee disbursed in Antwerpe, for one pound sterlin money credit in London. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe a Merchant of London is Creditor in Antwerpe, 2000 l. Flemish, who inordreth that it be remitted him at shill. 33¼ or to * 1.360 Placentia at 121 gro. where the most profit shall be found, that is, to that place which shall bee most beneficiall, or to least losse of the prices limited, now there are found bills for London at shillings 33 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and for Placentia at gro. 121¾ I demand to which of the said places should the remittance be made, seeing that by both there is found remittance to losse, and to know where is the least, say by the rule of 3, if shill. 33¼ give gros. 121 the price inordred, what will shill. 33½ give being the price found for London, it will come to grosse 121 〈◊〉〈◊〉 so that the remittance should be made to Placen∣tia, because that remitting to London at shill. 33½ to goe the Par, should be delivered for Placentia at gro. 121 〈◊〉〈◊〉, and there is found bills for losse that is at 121 〈◊〉〈◊〉 gros. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

And thus much for the Exchanges practised in Antwerpe.

Page 178

CHAP. CCCCXLIII.

Of the Exchanges practised in London and how the same are to be calculated.

I Have shewed in the gene•…•…ll Exchanges of London, with how many other p•…•…ces this City is found to * 1.361 Exchange with, and th•…•… •…•…o set downe the com∣mon currant prices and •…•…es thereof, which eve∣ry day is found to be so subject to alteration, that no positive rule can bee observed rightly, to set downe the same, yet it is in its selfe so beneficiall, that thereby the unexperienced, may know how to make his calculation thereof and that as well in his draughts as in his remittances, Now onely there resteth to conclude this Tract of Exchanges and this Map of Commerce to handle the way how the same is cast up, and ho•…•… by Arithmetick it is performed, which I will observe heare with some other principall places, which may serve for a sufficient ground and instruction to those here omitted.

It is here to be noted for the better understanding of what en∣sueth, * 1.362 that all B•…•…kers or Exchangers doe keep the•…•… accounts in London in pounds, shillings and pence commonly called sterlin and cast up by 20 and by 12, for 20 shillings makes a pound, and 12 p•…•…ce makes a shilling.

And moreover that London exchangeth in the denominator of pence sterlin with all other countries, Antwerpe, and those countries neighbouring of Flanders and Holland excepted, with which it ex∣changeth by the intire pound of 20 shillings sterlin.

CHAP. CCCCXLIV.

Of the Exchanges of London with Lions.

LOndon Exchangeth with Lions, and giveth posito 61 pence more or lesse to have in Lions a crowne of gold * 1.363 of the sun of 3 l. piece, I demand then for 348 l. 15 shilling sterling how many crownes of the sunne shall I have credit for in Lions, first reduce the said summe of pounds sterling into shillings, multiply∣ing the same by 20, and adding thereto the 15 shillings, and then by

Page 179

12 pence, adding thereto the pence if any were, and then divide the same by 61 pence, and the divident will make Crownes, multi∣plying the remainder of the divison by 20 to make them sols and by 12 to make them deniers of gold, and then they will make in all Crow. 1372008 pence of the sunne of gold, that I shall have in cre∣dit at Lions for the said summe of 348 l. 15 starlin delivered in London. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

The proofe of this rule is manifested when that Lions shall Ex∣change * 1.364 the said summe of 1372 〈◊〉〈◊〉 Cro. for London and here also it is to be noted that the rule is the same when London shall exchange * 1.365 with either Paris or Roven or any other City of the Kingdome of France.

CHAP. CCCCXLV.

Of the Exchanges of London with Florence.

LOndon doth exchange with Florence, and giveth posito * 1.366 70 pence starl. more or lesse to have in Florence a cro. of gold, I demand then for pound 656 10 6 d starl. how many Crownes shall I have credit in Florence, this is to bee cast up as in the precedent rule of Lon∣don with Lions, and it will appeare, that for the said 656 10 6 starlin I am to have credit in Florence the sum of Cro. 2250 〈◊〉〈◊〉—∣as per Example,

Page 180

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Note that this Exchange is seldome practised from London, and * 1.367 therefore not in use in these dayes, but when many Florentine Mer∣chants resided in London it was much in use, yet the rule is right and the proofe thereof is evident, when Florence rechangeth againe for London.

CHAP. CCCCXLVI.

Of the Exchanges of London with Venice.

LOndon is found to Exchange for great summes with Ve∣nice, * 1.368 and giveth posito 50 d sterlin, to have in the said place one duccat in banco of l. 6⅕ money of Venice, I demand then for 555 l. 17 6 d sterlin how many ducc. shall I have credit for in Venice, this is done as in the precedent rule, reducing the pounds sterlin into shillings, by the multiplyca∣tion of 20, and adding 17 and then multiplying that againe by 12, to bring it into pence and adding thereto 6 d and it will make duc. (2668 〈◊〉〈◊〉) which should be rendred in Venice for 555 l. 17 6 d sterl. in London as per Example.

Page 181

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Note that for distinction of the currant money in Venice, which is 21 per cent. at present worse then the money payable by Exchange, * 1.369 it is termed in Banco in which all bills of Exchange are payable, * 1.370 and the proofe of this rule is apparent when that the said summe of 2668⅕ ducc. is rechanged for London.

CHAP. CCCCXLVII.

Of the Exchanges of London with Antwerpe.

LOndon doth exchange with Antwerpe, and giveth one * 1.371 pound sterlin, to have in Antwerpe posito shillings 35. 6 pence or grosse, money of Antwerpe, I demand then for 445 l. 15 and six pence sterlin, how many pound Flemish shall I have in Antwerpe, first multi∣ply the pounds sterlin by 20. and bring them into shillings, and then by 12 to bring them into pence sterlin, doe also the same with the pounds Flemish, bringing them first into shillings Flemish, by a mul∣tiplication of 20, and then to pence or grosse by multiplication of 12 d, accounting the 35 shil. 6 d for l. Flem. 1. 15. 6 d. and say then by the rule of 3, if one pound sterlin give 35. 6 d Flemish, the price proposed, what will 445 l. 15. 6 sterlin give, which will make l. 791. 5. 0. d Flemish for which you must have credit in Antwerpe pounds.

Page 182

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 The proofe of the rule is more manifest when that Antwerpe doth Exchange for London, and note that the account is the same * 1.372 when that London doth exchange for Colonia, Amsterdam, and other places in the Low Countries.

CHAP. CCCCXLVIII.

Of Orders and Comisons given and received for draughts and remittances in London.

ACcording to my proposed method, I will here for conclusion of the Exchanges practised in London, briefly insert some Examples of draughts and re∣mittances made by comison and Order in the Citie of London.

To London, then commeth Order from Venice * 1.373 to remit to them at 60 pence, and to draw for Pla∣centia at 82 pence sterlin, the partido being for Cro. 4000 of marc. I finde then bills for Venice at 61 pence, I would know considering the losse that presenteth in the remittance, at how much should I draw my draught for Placentia, you must say by the rule of three, If pence 60 give pence 82 the price inordered, how many will pence 61 give the price found for Venice, and it will be pence 83⅓ sterlin or thereabouts, and at lesse must not the draught be for Placentia.

Page 183

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 Againe posito, Florence is found to exchange for London at pence 83 starlin, and say for Placentia at Cro: 108, and that there is Or∣der * 1.374 given to Florence, that at these rates they draw for London and remit to Placentia, at how much then will the remittance come from London to Placentia? to doe this, I multiply the said Crownes of Florence, which properly are the value of Crownes 100 of Marc. by pence sterlin 83, as is above mentioned, and out of the pence that are thence produced, I cut off the two last figures, and there will remaine pence sterlin 89 〈◊〉〈◊〉 incirca, and so many pence together with 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. for the provison that is commonly paid in Florence, comes to be disbursed in London, for one crowne of marc. credit in Placentia. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe to Antwerpe commeth Order from London, to draw thi∣ther, and to remit to Venice, at such a price, that the remittance * 1.375 from London for Venice, come but to 55 pence starlin cleare of charges, the partido being 1000 pound starlin, now there is found mony for London at shill. 33⅓, and bills for Venice at gro. 90 〈◊〉〈◊〉, I demand if at this price the said comison may be effected, first reduce the said shill. 33⅓ into grosse, and they make 400, then say by the rule of three, if pence 240, (the valew of the pound starlin) give 400 gro. what will 55 pence starlin give being the price of the ducc: of Venice, it will make grosse 91⅓ from whence must be deducted 〈◊〉〈◊〉 per cent. for provison taken and there will remaine gro. 91 3/10, so that the sayd comison may be effected to profit, because that draw∣ing for London at sh. 33⅓, may be delivered for Venice at gro. 91 3/10, and there persent bills at lesse, that is at gro. 90⅔ example.

Page [unnumbered]

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

Page [unnumbered]

〈1 page duplicate〉〈1 page duplicate〉

Page 184

〈 math 〉〈 math 〉 And this is as much as I conceive needfull at this time to insert concerning the exchanges practised in London, now there only re∣steth the termes of payment of bills of exchange in London.

CHAP. CCCCXLIX.

Of the Terms of payments of Bills of exchange in London.

THe termes for the payment of Bills of exchange in Lon∣don * 1.376 are observed to bee with other citties thus:

  • To Venice at 3 moneth after date and so back.
  • To Antwerpe at one moneths after date and so back.
  • To Genoa at 3 moneths after date and so back.
  • To Florence at 3 moneths after date and so back.
  • To Pisa at 3 moneths after date and so back.
  • To Lions for the faire and so from faire to fayre.
  • To Placentia the same as Lions.
  • To Roven and Paris at one moneth after date and so back.

Page 185

CAHP. CCCCL.

Of the abreviation of Division and Multiplication af∣ter the Italian and forraine manner and methode.

FOr as much as I have in many parts of this particular Tract of Exchanges followed the arithmeticall me∣thod * 1.377 & manner of those rules practised in the calcula∣tion of these exchanges by the Bankers and Exchan∣gers of Italy, it will be here needfull for the better in∣lightning of the same, & the easier casting up & calculation thereof, that I shew how the Italian Brokers and Exchangers do abreviate their labour, and shorten their taske therein, and the rather I have presumed to adde the same here, and in this place, partly in regard that I have not found it published by any of our English Arethme∣ticians, but principally to shew the learner the wayes how the same are there wrought and arethmetically calculated.

It is generally confest by all Arethmetictans that the whole art of Arethmetick depends upon five principall rules, now common∣ly in all countries received and taught, that is, by Numeration, Ad∣dition, Subtraction, Multiplication, and Division, and that no one proposed question in Arethmetick can be perfected without the help of some of these, for the three former I find not any disagree∣ment in the common received manner by them and us, and there∣fore I will omitt to speak any thing thereof; but of the two later, whereby is observed that most rules and questions of all exchanges are perfected and performed, I will here insist upon, induced princi∣pally as I sayd before to inlighten thereby the preceding examples that I have handled in the calculatians of the exchanges before mentioned.

I will then in the first place contrary to the custome of our Eng∣lish Masters in this Science, begin with that part of Arethmetick which wee call Division, and by an example or two of the working thereof explaine the same to such as either shall bee desirous to

Page 186

learne it, or such as shall desire to make use of these before menti∣oned tables.

A certaine marchant then bought 46 clothes, which cost him 673 l. and desireth by a briefe way to know what one cloth doth * 1.378 stand him in, to do which I dispose of the question after the man∣ner of the rule of three, and say, If 46 Clothes cost 673 l. how much doth the Cloth cost.

Now for as much as it would prove to be too difficult, at first sight after the cōmon manner, to find how often 46 the divisor is found in 673, it will be more facile and commodious, to take it after their method thus, take then the first figure which is 4 and see how often the same is included in the figure 6 which is once, the which 1 I write then under the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 drawing a line between them, & then multiply it by the whole divisor 〈◊〉〈◊〉, beginning at 6, saying once 6 is 6, & next comming to the sum that is to be divided 673 I chuse the second figure 7 from whence I take 6 and there remaines one, which I place under the said 7, and returning againe to the divisor, I multiply 1 by 4 which giveth 4, which I deduct from the other figure 6, of the summe to be divided, and there remaines 2, the which I write under the 6, so that 46 taken by this meanes out of 67 there 〈◊〉〈◊〉 •…•…1, from whence I proceed and put this before the figure 3 remayning, which thereby makes 213, for the summe that now remaynes to be divided by 46, saying in 21 how many times 4, which cannot be but 4 times, for in taking 5 there will remaine but 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which with the following figure doth make 13, (the which number cannot pay 5 times 6, and for this cause I can take but 4,) multiplying the divisor as at first, saying (beginning alwayes by the last figure of the divisor) 4 times 6 is 22, and taking the last figure 3 from the summe to be divided 213, the which for payment of 24 I borrow 3 tenns, which I beare in mind, and say 24 from 33 there •…•…sts 9 the which I place under the 3 and then come to multiply the other figure 4 of the divisor by 4 and it makes 16, which with the 3 tenns borne in minde, makes 19 which must be deducted from the sume to be divided 21 so there will rest 2 the which I place un∣•…•…der 1 as by the example appeareth more at large.

So that 673 l. divided by 46 Clothes, the quotient giveth 14 l. and the rest is 29 l. which now is to be devided by 46, which cannot be done, and therefore the same to be reduced to shillings which mul∣tiplied by 20 comes to 5•…•…0 sh: which must now be divided by 46 in the manner before shewed, saying how many times 4, in 5 which is once, the which I write in the quotient at the side of 14 l. pro∣ceeding from the first divison, multiplying it by 6 and it giveth 6, which taken from 8 the rest is 2, which I put under the 8, and mul∣tiply the other figure of the divisor 4 by 1 which giveth 4 taken from 5 there rests 1, then 46 substracted from 58 there rests 12, right with which I put the other figure 0 resting of the summe to

Page 187

be divided and returne to say, how many times 4 in 12, the which I can take but 2 and I place it in the quotient and multiply 〈◊〉〈◊〉 by the last figure of the devisor, saying 2 times 6 is 12 which I deduct from 120, the which to do I say (borrowing 2 tenns which I bare in mind) 12 from 20 rests 8 which I place under the 0 and multiply the other figure of the divisor 4 by 〈◊〉〈◊〉 making 8 with the 2 borne in mind, comes to be 10, taken from 12 there rests 2, so that •…•…0 sh. divided by 46 the product is 12 shill. and there remayneth yet 28 shill. which must be brought into 〈◊〉〈◊〉, multiplyed by 12 and it makes 336 the which must be divided by 46, saying in 33 how ma∣ny times 4, which is 7 times, the which I place in the quotient by the shillings, multiplying 7 by 〈◊〉〈◊〉, which makes 42 from 46 there rests 4, the which I place under the 6, and keepe 4 in mind borrowed ad∣ding them with 4 times 7 they make 32, which deducted from 33, there rests 1, the which I place under the 3, so that 336 divided by 46 the perduct giveth 7 and there rests 14 d. to divide which is a thing of a small valew.

So that if 46 peeces of cloth cost 673 l. the one will cost 14. l. 12. shill. 7. d. as may be seene by the example here under wrought. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

To shew the brevity of this manner of dividing, I will shew * 1.379 here another example, which cannot without much difficulty be performed by the common manner of divison in cancelling the figures, and yet is very easily and compendiously performed •…•…is way, by observing the order which is before prescribed, and there∣fore to avoyd prolixity I shall not need here to put downe any particular explication, the example shall be thus then to, divide 19999100007 by 99999, which by the product doth give 199993 without any remaynder as shall appeare by the working here un∣derneath. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 188

Division which is wrought by the rule of practise, is done in this manner by the help of the parts found therein, as for example, if 72 * 1.380 peeces of sarges cost 169. l. 12 shil. how much will the peece stand in, then dividing by 72 I find first the parts thereof, and observe that 8 times 9 makes 72, I take then the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the summe to be divided, saying the eighth part of 16 is 2, which I place under a line drawne, and the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 9 is 1, there remains one pound which is 20 shil. which with the 12 makes 32, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whereof is 4, so that the eighth of the said 169 l. 12 shil. is 21 l. 4 shil. of which number I take the 1/9 (which shall be the price of the peece) in this manner, saying, the 1/9 of 21 is 2, the rest is 3 l. which is 60 shil. and with the 4 maketh 64 shil. of which the 1/9 is 7, then there rests 1, which is 12 pence, and the 1/9 of 12 is 1, so that the ninth part of 21 l. 4 shil. is 2 l. 7 shil. 1 d. the price of the peece as by this example is shewed, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

But when it happens that any broken numbers fall in the divisor, the divisor and the summe to be divided, must then be reduced to * 1.381 one and the selfe same denominator, as for example, If 13 〈◊〉〈◊〉 peeces should cast 264 l. 17 shil. 6 d. what would the peece stand in? to doe which I reduce into halfes the peeces 13 〈◊〉〈◊〉 multiplying the same by 2 making 27 halfes, doing the same with the summe to be divided, multiplying it by 2 which comes to be l. 529. 15, which to be divi∣ded by 27, must be considered that 3 times 9 is 27, therefore must be taken 〈◊〉〈◊〉 and 1/9 of the said third in this manner saying 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 5 is 1, of 22 is 7 and of 19 is 6, and there remaines 1 pound which is 20 shil. which with the 15 makes 35, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of which is 11 and there rests 2 shil. which are 24 pence, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whereof is 8, and afterward taking the of 〈◊〉〈◊〉 the said 〈◊〉〈◊〉 saying, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 17 is 1, and of 86 is 9, and there •…•…s 5 l. which with the 11 shil. is 111 shil. the 1/9 whereof is 12, then rests 3 shil. which with the 8 d remaining is 44 d, the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 whereof is 4, so that the product of the said 1/9 giveth 19 l. 12 shil. 4 d, the value of the said peece, as by example, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe, at 34 l. 16 shil. the 21 〈◊〉〈◊〉 yards, how much will the yard amount unto, doe this as the preceding rule, putting the yard into * 1.382 thirds, in multiplying them by 3 they make 64 for divisor to 34 l. 16

Page 189

also multiplied by 3 which make 104 l. 8 shil. which to divide by 64, is to be considered that 8 times 8 is 64, and therefore the ⅛ of an eight is the price of a yard, as example, 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Many other divisions are resolved in the same manner as the pre∣ceding, which I willingly here omit, and referre them to the oc∣currences of traffique that shall happen herein, and now I will pro∣ceed to Multiplication abreviated, by which two rules both the golden Rule of three, and many other in Arithmetique are wrought and performed, commodious and necessary to this Tract of Exchan∣ges and this Map of Commerce, as being indeed the proper rules, by which the Exchanges in this book are cast up and calculated.

The method that hath beene shewed in the former Division, may in some sort serve also in multiplication in this manner, suppose you * 1.383 were to multiply 56 yards by 4 l. 18 shil. 9 d. you must consider that 56 is composed of 7 times 8, and therefore you must multiply the said 4. 18. 9. by 7, and its product by 8, beginning with the pence, and saying 7 times 9 is 63, I write 3 pence, and retaine 5 shill. which I ad with 7 times 8 which make 61, write then 1 and retain 6 which added to 1 times 7 makes 13 which is 6 l. 10 shil. and following the common method of addition, I put downe one ten, and retaine 6 l. which I add with 4 times 7, and they make 34 l. the which product I multiply againe by 8, beginning to multiply by the pence which are with the pounds, and then by the shil. calculating for 12 d, one shill. and for 20 shill. 1 pound they then make 276 l. 10 shil. for the value of 56 yards as shall be more plainly demonstrated by this Example following. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Page 190

Many other questions may be answered as the above sayd, but yet note, that to multiply by an uneven number, such as is 31, 43, * 1.384 and the like, then do in this manner, posito I demand at 5l. 9. sh. 3. d. the yard, what will 43 yards come unto, now for as much as 43, hath no dividable parts I take 42, multiplying it by 6 and by 7, as hath beene shewed, and for the yard that doth remaine I adde to the last multiplication 5. l. 9. 3. d. which is the cost of 1 yard and it makes 234 l. 17. 9. d. the cost of 43 yards as may be observed by the following example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

But when there is any broken number in the yards or peeces, doc * 1.385 thus by example, at l. 7. 14. 6 the peece, what will 81½ cost, then for 81 I multiply by 9 the cost of the peece, and its product againe by 9 because that 9 times 9 is 81 and I find l. 625. 14. 6 for the va∣lew of the said 81 peeces, and for the ½ peece I take the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 7. l. 14. 6. d. and adding it thereto the same comes to be l. 629. 11. sh. 9. d. and so much the 81½ cost, example. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

But for as much as this may seeme difficult, I will here note an∣other * 1.386 way of Multiplication abreviated, serving as well in exchan∣ges or in marchandising posito; I would know what comes 154 yards unto, at 56 shillings the yard, to do this multiply the sayd yards, by the halfe of the sayd mony which is 28 sh. and in adding its pro∣duct, double the last figure taking that for so many shill. and the rest for pounds as doth appeare by this example following, which I adde in this manner, saying 2. 4. and 9 make 15, and after the ordinary manner, you must set downe 5, and beare 1 ten, but in this me∣thode,

Page 191

you must double it, setting downe 10 for 5. the which doub∣led you must hold as so many shillings and so proceeding in the ad∣dition of the rest, and adding the tenth borne of 15, it will come to l. 431. 4. sh. the valew of 154 yards, and this note is to be obser∣ved in all other questions of this nature, as by example doth ap∣peare. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

There is yet another briefe way of Multiplication, used in France * 1.387 and many parts beyond the seas, which is done by taking the parts of 10 or of 100 in this manner, I would multiply 113 yards by 1¼ I note what part 1¼ is in 10 and find it to be ⅛ therefore is 113 yards to be multiplyed by 10, or else more briefe by adding an 0 and in taking the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 which shall be the valew of the said 113 yards, and for to multiply by 1 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you must take the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of the summe to be mul∣tiplyed, after you have added thereunto an o because that 1 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 10, and for to multiply by 3 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you must adde an o and take 〈◊〉〈◊〉 because that 3⅓ is the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 10 and so in many others, in taking alwayes the parts of 10, and note that the same may bee done in taking the parts of 100, as to multiply 137 yards by 8 〈◊〉〈◊〉 you must adde two oo to the summe, then take 〈◊〉〈◊〉, because that 8 〈◊〉〈◊〉 is the 〈◊〉〈◊〉, part of 100 and for to multiply by 12 〈◊〉〈◊〉, you must adde two oo and take the ⅛ because that the 〈◊〉〈◊〉 of 100 is 12 〈◊〉〈◊〉 as may be seene by these following examples. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe at 3 shill: the pound, what will the 100 l. come unto? to * 1.388 doe this in briefe a cipher is to be added to the cost of the pound

Page 192

which is 3 sh. and it makes 30 of which summe take the ½ and it makes 15 l. which makes the cost of the hundred, and so for others by these examples following. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

Againe at 3 d. the pound, I would know how much 100 l. comes * 1.389 unto, multiply the pence (which the pound is worth) by 5, and out of its product take 1/12 which shall be the cost of the quintall and to find the cost of the pound, you must multiply the valew of the hun∣dred by 12, and the ⅕ of the product is the cost of the pound as fol∣loweth by these examples. 〈 math 〉〈 math 〉

But I have wandred too farre, and proceeded farther in this subject than I intended, therefore here will conclude both the cal∣culations of Exchanges and these methods of abroviating the rules of Division and Multiplication, referring what is here by me omitted in both the sayd subjects to the ingenuous hand and head of the mysterious Exchanger.

FINIS.

Notes

Do you have questions about this content? Need to report a problem? Please contact us.